| RULERS OF AMERICA | |
|---|---|
By ANNA ROCHESTER

INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHERS
NEW YORK
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
This book is composed and printed by union labor
.......................................
CONTENTS
| Forewo | ٥ | |
|---|---|---|
| CHARTER | PART ONE: THE RULERS AND THEIR DOMAIN | , |
| I. | FINANCIAL RULERS EMERGE | 13 |
| The Civil War, 13; Industry in the Civil War and After, 15; The Rôle of the Unsettled West, 16; Increase in Large Establishments, 19; Corporations, 21; The Large Non-Banking Corporations, 22; Growth of Banking, 26; The Foundations of Imperialism, 29. | ||
| II. | THE HOUSE OF MORGAN | 33 |
| Morgan, a Pillar of Imperialist Capitalism, 35; The House Grows in Crisis and War, 37; The Morgan Domain To-day, 38; Morgan Wealth, 42; Morgan Workers, 45. | ||
| · III. | ROCKEFELLER, A FAMILY POWER | 47 |
| Building an Oil Monopoly, 47; Changing Forms of Rockefeller Oil Trust, 51; Rockefeller Outside of Oil, 53; The Rockefeller Empire, 56; Rolling Up a Billion and a Half, 58; Labor Policies, 60. |
||
| IV. | THE MELLONS OF PITTSBURGH | 63 |
| Beginnings of Mellon Wealth, 63; Aluminum and Oil, 65; Other Industrial Interests, 67; Mellon Power, 69; Mellon Workers, 70. | ||
| v. | THE OLIGARCHY | 72 |
| Morgan and Rockefeller, 72; Mellon and Morgan, 74; Rockefeller and Mellon, 75; Principal Secondary Groups, 75; Other Big Capitalists, 83. | ||
| VI. | GUIDING THE STREAMS OF CAPITAL | 87 |
| Big Commercial Banks, 87; Investment Banking, 91; Controlling the Outlets for Security Issues, 93; Profits and Salaries, 97; Effect of the Crisis, 99. | ||
| VII. | How Finance Capital Rules Industry | 103 |
| Widespread Ownership of Capital, 103; Ownership versus Control, 104; Receiverships and Control, 107; The Broad Base of Control, 110; Directors and Officials, 111; Differences Among the Large Corporations, 113; Billion-Dollar Corporations, 117; Control and Ownership, 120. | ||
| VIII. | CONTROLLING THE GOVERNMENT | 121 |
| ٠ | The Political Structure, 122; Democrats and Republicans, 125; Officials, 127; Efforts at Regulation, 129; Lobbies and Propaganda, 131; Morgan and Government, 137; The Government, a Class Instrument, 141. |
Contents
| CHAPTER | PAGE | |
|---|---|---|
| IX. | THE WIDENING GAP | 144 |
| Distribution of Income, 145; Wages, 147; Increasing Exploitation, 150; Luxury Is Built on Poverty, 153. | ||
| PART TWO: CONTROL IN SELECTED INDUSTRIES | ||
| ¥ | DOMENANT OH MONOPOLIES | |
| 28. | Rockefeller Hegemony in Oil, 157; Rival Monopolies, 159; Rival World-Wide Companies, 162. | 15/ |
| XI. | COPPER, A METAL OF EMPIRE | 164 |
| Chief American Companies, 164; In Canada and Africa, 167; Attempts at World Agreement, 169. | · | |
| XII. | Around the World with Electricity | 174 |
| Manufacturing, 174; Patents and Other Weapons of Monopoly, 177; World Monopolies, 179; Electric Light and Power, 180; Telephones, Telegraph and Wireless, 182; Broadcasting and Motion Pictures, 184; The Electrical Industries As a Whole, 187. | ||
| XIII. | DUPONT LEADS IN CHEMICALS | 188 |
| War and Chemicals, 188; Monopoly and Production of Chemicals, 189; International Agreements and Large Companies, 190; European Companies and American Connections, 191; The Three Large American Companies, 193; Other American Chemical Companies, 195. | • | |
| XIV. | Aviation, a War Industry | 199 |
| , | A Subsidized Industry, 199; Financial Groupings, 201; Foreign Links and Activities, 205. | |
| XV. | Steel, Guns and War Machines | 208 |
| Steel, 209; Naval Vessels, 213; Tanks and Tractors, 216; Arms, Ordnance, etc., 217; Metals, Machinery and Tools, 220; Conclusion, 221. | ||
| XVI. | RAILROADS, THE RIPEST MONOPOLY | 223 |
| The Big Systems, 223; Chaos and Monopoly, 225; Regulation, to Guard Capital, 227. | ||
| XVII. | FLEECING THE FARMERS | 232 |
| Farm Capitalists and Poor Farmers, 233; Banking and Agriculture, 235; Farm Markets and Big Business, 237. | ||
| XVIII. | DRIVING OUT THE SMALL TRADER | 240 |
| Chain Stores and Groups, 240; Trading and Producing, 242; Financial Groups in Retail Trade, 245. | ||
| XIX. | MONOPOLY AND COMPETITION | •248 |
| Monopoly, a Product of Big Industry, 248; Special Factors in Monopoly, 249; Monopoly Profits, 251; Monopoly and Competition, 253 |
| Contents | 4 |
|---|---|
| PART THREE: CAPITALISM IN CRISIS | PAGE |
| XX. WALL STREET'S FOREIGN EMPIRE | 250 |
| Colonies and Protectorates, 259; Mexico, Colombia and Venezuela, 264; In Other South American Countries, 267; Imperialism and the Colonial Workers, 271; China, 273; Canada, 277; World War, a New Stage in U. S. Imperialism, 278; Wall Street and the Stabilization of Post-War Europe, 279; Rôle of Capital Export in American Capitalism, 282. | -19 |
| XXI. RULING POLICIES AND THE CRISIS | 285 |
| Background, 286; The General Crisis of Capitalism, 287; Post-War "Prosperity" in the United States, 289; The Economic Crisis of 1929-33, 291; The Government Takes a Hand, 293; Crisis Yields to Depression, 295; "Recovery" for the Working Class, 297. | |
| XXII. WILL THE RULERS MAINTAIN THEIR POWER? | 300 |
| APPENDICES APPENDIX | |
| A. Size of Manufacturing Establishments | 300 |
| B. Largest 200 Non-Banking Corporations | 309 |
| C. Morgan Partners | 316 |
| D. Companies Under Morgan Influence Through Directorship | |
| E. Companies Linked to Rockefeller Through Stock Ownerchip or | 317 |
| Directorship | 228 |
| F. Companies Linked to Both Morgan and Rockefeller Groups | 334 |
| G. Firms and Individuals Which Had Joined with Morgan Firm in | |
| H. Partial List of Joint Operations of Standard Oil Companies with | 330 |
| Integrated Independent Oil Companies | 227 |
| I. Private Long-Term Foreign Investments of United States | 331 |
| Capital | 338 |
| United States Sphere of Influence | 339 |
| Reference Notes | 341 |
| A Few Sources Not Shown Elsewhere | 350 |
FOREWORD
James W. Gerard, lawyer and former ambassador to Germany, stated in August, 1930, that this country was ruled by 59 financiers and corporation officials. His list was both too long and too short. For he made no distinction between the much smaller number of actual rulers and their chief lieutenants. And, of course, he omitted scores of secondary men who are responsible and important executives within the chief financial empires. But Gerard's list spread forth as front page news the fact that financial control had continued, unshaken by Standard Oil exposures, the Pujo Report, Supreme Court decisions, post-war regulating commissions, and the first year of the great economic crisis which began in 1929.
Since then various Senate investigations have piled up fresh evidence of the power and the methods of the inner Wall Street rulers. As this book is completed, Morgan partners are appearing before the Nye Committee investigating the munitions industry. The chief news of the day includes facts on the part played by the Morgan firm in 1914-15 in promoting the war boom and the war loans which tied American business interests to the cause of the Allies and led to irresistible pressure for America's entering the World War.
Financial rulers are important, not as picturesque figures, strong in their lust for wealth and power, but as the heads of the economic empires in which American capitalism reached its peak of development. To sketch their empires is part of our task, but that is not enough. We must raise certain basic questions. What is the essential pattern of control in the United States? What are the underlying trends from which it developed? What is the effect of this control in the life of the people? Will power pass from the financial rulers through their inner collapse?
In working toward an answer to such questions we are concerned primarily with economic facts. And since material on wealth and income and the general condition of the working class is relatively abundant, we have focused attention in this book on the structure and pattern of finance-capitalist control. Its relation to poverty and to the workers' movement is indicated.
Our material falls naturally into three main sections.
AR
January, 1936.

Part One
CHAPTER I
FINANCIAL RULERS EMERGE
Small units of production employing a few wage-earners and requiring relatively small capital more and more yield place to large highly mechanized establishments employing many hundreds of workers and representing great sums of capital investment; corporations more and more displace individual employers and partnerships. With the growth of corporations the manipulation of capital plays an increasingly important part in the economic process, and great banking and industrial monopolies develop which draw off an increasing share of the profits extracted from the working class. Bankers acquire industrial interests. Industrial corporations acquire banking interests. A new type of financier emerges who functions in both fields and represents the "finance capital" (as distinct from banking capital) which is characteristic of monopoly capitalism and the imperialist era.
The Civil War (1861-65) marked the victory of capitalism over chattel slavery. The conflict between North and South had several aspects, but all were related to the historic struggle between two mutually exclusive orders of society.
Climate and resources had prevented the profitable large-scale exploitation of slave labor in the North. Agriculture, both in the older states of the North and in the pioneer settlements pushing ever further westward, was developed on a capitalist basis, with relatively small holdings on which the farmer and his sons or one or two hired "hands" wrestled
with the problem of raising food and cattle and a money crop for the increasing city market. At the same time factory industry, based on wage labor, had been growing up and displacing the home spinner and the independent craftsman. Capitalist economy had taken deep root in New England and, in fact, throughout the North and West, before the middle of the nineteenth century. Textile machinery, sewing machines, agricultural machinery and machine tools made in Yankee factories were recognized in the 1850's as perhaps the best in the world. Europe was even buying a few American locomotives. Great Britain sent a special commission to study machinery in the United States.
In 1860 the total volume of manufacturing was still small, and mills processing raw materials were much more important than factories turning out finished goods, but the broad foundations of manufacturing had been laid. Railroads were penetrating even a short distance beyond the Mississippi and the innumerable unconnected eastern lines were beginning to provide through routes from the Atlantic coast to the Middle West.
Both North and West were dependent upon the South. Southern slave-grown cotton was needed for New England textile mills. Farms in the Middle West were sending their crops and cattle down the Mississippi to feed the cotton country. Northern merchant-bankers were making high profits from a three-cornered trade: they financed exports of slave-grown raw cotton and imports of manufactured goods from Europe. They drew off a profit also from shipping supplies to the southern plantations: European luxuries for the thousand wealthy planters at the top, and for a broader market the "fifteen yards Lowell" and "ten yards linsey" which every planter allowed yearly to each Negro slave. On the side, they were selling in Europe American bonds issued by states and counties to raise subsidies for new railroad lines. Sometimes also stocks and bonds of the railroad companies themselves.
Footloose wage-earners available for hire from day to day were necessary to industry. The employer wanted capital for building, equipment and materials. He could not profitably tie it up in the bodies of slaves. Also, a wage-earner, paid in money and free to drift from one job to another, could be made to believe that he was a free and independent citizen who received from the employer a "fair" return for his labor. He would give better work than a slave whose bondage was clear beyond any possibility of deception. The wage-worker produced more than a slave. His employer could allow the wage-worker a better standard of living than the slaves endured and still retain for himself a considerable slice of the value produced by the worker. And in the ups and downs of industry the burden of depressions when factories closed down could be thrown back upon the "free" workers, leaving the employers without responsibility for supporting them.
This need for wage-workers was basic throughout the North and the Middle West. It came to open conflict with the slave system in the frontier
farm country of the West. The slave plantation economy faced destruction if it could not expand and carry slave labor into new territory. Equally, the independent farm pioneers and the scattering small industries growing up in the middle western towns knew that their economic life depended on excluding the slave system from their states. While this fight against the extension of slave territory was smoldering in the West, new canals and railroads had been gradually destroying the complete dependence of the West on the southern market down the river and were creating strong economic ties between the Mississippi Valley and the northern coast states.
manufactured goods. They were bitterly opposed to the tariff.
The Republican Party, which carried on the war against the South, had its roots in the fight to maintain the Union and to prevent the spread of slave territory, measures which would inevitably bring the breakdown of the slave system. It drew into a political alliance the free-soil West and the high-tariff manufacturing East. The new industrial capitalists became solidly Republican, but many of the merchant-bankers, whose trading and banking interests were still quite distinct from manufacturing, were pro-slavery free-trade Democrats. Some of them remained among the "copperheads," southern sympathizers throughout the war. Others turned eagerly to the sale at home and abroad of northern war bonds. Commanding the channels of foreign exchange and the gathering in of capital they made pretty profits from the sale of bonds. Their activities made Wall Street a national center for investment and speculation in government debt.
Industry in the Civil War and After
in the cotton states, the West threw all its heavy traffic into the Great Lakes and railway channels to eastern ports. This was the culmination of a tendency that had been growing ever since the beginning of the canal period, forty years before; and it increased the demand for rolling stock and fresh-water cargo boats. High prices for farm produce at home and abroad encouraged the settlement of western lands, adding new territory to the domestic market with each season, while the scarcity of labor everywhere multiplied the call for farm machinery. Still further toward the setting sun prospectors and frontiersmen were developing a new empire, even in this period of national stress; and the recently discovered mines of the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Coast were equipped by eastern foundries and machine shops. Simultaneously in the East the discovery of petroleum opened at a single stroke a new source of national and individual wealth and a new market for well supplies and containers.2
After the war, mining and manufacturing continued to expand rapidly. The iron ranges of Lake Superior were developed, copper mines were opened in Michigan, silver mining in the Far West was increased, the commercial production of Bessemer steel was begun. In ten years after the Civil War the output of pig iron was tripled. Between 1869 and 1889, in spite of the crisis of 1873 and the long depression years that followed, the number of wage-earners employed in manufacturing was more than doubled and the "value added by manufacture" to the materials used was multiplied more than threefold.
Along with the growth of manufacturing and mining went rapid increase in railroad mileage. A transcontinental line had come to be regarded as a military necessity during the Civil War, and the Union Pacific line was opened in 1869.
Speculation has been characteristic of capitalism at every stage. In the United States, until the end of the 1880's, the immense tracts of unsettled land played the leading speculative rôle. But besides serving as a source of wealth for land-grabbing speculators, the vast unsettled West was in other ways also an important factor in shaping American capitalism after the Civil War.
Abundance of good western land led to a development of food crops and
The temporarily exceptional opportunity for expansion on new territory within the United States prolonged the vitality of the middle class. Petty bourgeois political forces played a considerable rôle. They attempted to choke the growth of monopoly and at the same time tended to blur the political conflict between workers and capitalists.
Working class development was affected. Industrial wages in the North and West were above European standards because the abundance of new land and the very rapid expansion of industry and agriculture provided opportunity for a relatively large number of white workers to rise as individuals out of the working class into the capitalist class, either as industrial employers and executives, or promoters and speculators, or farmers. Many difficulties stood in their way. Land speculators clogged the road to the land, in spite of the free homestead policy of the federal government. As the unsettled frontier was pushed to the coast, it offered less and less an immediate opportunity of escape for the eastern wage-earner. But throughout the nineteenth century there was at least a narrowing outlet into business or farming which remained much more accessible to the eastern cities than it was to the industrial centers of Europe.
*Lenin in Development of Capitalism in Russia (published in 1899) analyzes the rôle of remote sparsely settled provinces within the territory of European Russia. He concludes: "It is sufficient for us to observe here that Russia is in a particularly favorable position compared with other capitalist countries owing to the abundance of free and accessible land for colonization in its outlying regions.... The deeper development of capitalism in old, long inhabited territories is retarded by the colonization of the outlying regions. The solution of the contradictions, which are a feature of capitalism and which capitalism gives rise to, is temporarily postponed by the fact that capitalism can very easily develop in breadth.... It goes without saying that such a retardation of the growth of capitalism is tantamount to preparing for an even greater and more extensive growth in the near future." Selected Works of V. I. Lenin (International Publishers), vol. I, pp. 379-380, including footnote.
allowed. White workers, as a whole, did have a somewhat higher material standard of living than wage-earners in capitalist Europe ever achieved.
But this American standard was merely a relative matter. Sharp contrasts between the workers and the capitalists have been present from the earliest colonial days and grew steadily sharper with the development of capitalism after the Civil War. And the American standard of living never even pretended to be adequate for the masses of unskilled workers. It did not touch the workers in the South. After slavery, Negroes remained on the land as wage-earners or as share-cropping tenants, or they drifted to southern cities where they were employed only for the heaviest or most casual jobs. The door to skilled trades was barely ajar for the Negro worker, and even more difficult was it for him to become a land-owning farmer or a petty capitalist employer. At the same time, the South came out of the Civil War with masses of poor whites whom the plantation system had barred from the fertile lands and who scratched a meager subsistence from the poorest soil. They constituted an immense reservoir of labor when capitalist industry came in to exploit them. Both Negroes and whites in the South have been held down at wage scales far below those prevailing in the North and the West.
But even in the industrial centers and the sparsely settled West, the American wages and a relatively wide opportunity to rise went along with raw and brutal exploitation. Hours were long. Many jobs were dangerous and employers took no responsibility for accidents, illness, or unemployment. Housing conditions were chronically bad, whether in cities where the "old families" extracted heavy rents for dark and filthy tenements, or in company towns of industrial plants, or in the mining "camps" that scarred the western mountains. The periodic crises of capitalism brought terrible destitution for the workers and at the same time reduced their possibilities of escape.
Every attempt of the workers to organize for their own protection was fought by the employers—with the aid of courts and, often, of armed forces. Employers made full use of differences in language, race and color to foster prejudice and keep the workers' forces divided. The workers' understanding of their situation was blurred also by the persistent dream of individual escape from the working class. Labor leaders who could be firm and militant in concrete struggles were influenced by petty capitalist ideas and by the utopian dreams of the agrarian movements. The workers carried on political fights for the right to strike and to organize labor unions, for universal manhood suffrage, for free public schools and for shorter working hours.
The unsettled West and the resulting conditions of labor scarcity and relatively high wages in the West and the North gave a sharp stimulus to the search for labor-saving machinery. This involved relatively large investment in so-called fixed capital and hastened the growth of large establishments and large corporations.
Increase in Large Establishments
Technical progress in capitalist society has resulted from various factors, including the competitive fight. As each industrialist drove to widen his market, he would seek to underbid his competitors without loss of profits. Success in this has usually depended on his achieving some technical advance. In the long run technical progress has involved in most industries a steady trend toward mass production and an increase in large establishments. It has also involved a tremendous increase in constant capital and a relative decrease in variable capital.
This trend is important because it has furnished the material basis for the passing of the individual employer, the growth of corporations and the development of monopoly capitalism.
To illustrate the increasing size of manufacturing plants, the census of 1900 gave special data on sixteen industries of which the following four were most important in total numbers employed.
| Esta | iblishments | Average per Wage-earners |
establishment Capital |
|---|---|---|---|
| Boots and shoes (factory) | 480 04 | u u p | |
| 1880 | 1,959 | 57 | \$21,947 |
| 1899 | 1,600 | 89 | 63,622 |
| Cotton goods | |||
| 1870 | 956 | 142 | 147,182 |
| 1899 | 1,055 | 287 | 442,882 |
| Hosiery and knit goods | |||
| 1870 | 248 | 60 | 44,078 |
| . 1899 | 921 | 91 | 88,882 |
| Iron and steel | - | ||
| 1870 | 726 | 103 | 161,523 |
| 1899 | 668 | 333 | 858,371 |
in these establishments had jumped from 1,013,274 or 15% of the 1909
After 1919 the displacement of workers by machines was pushed to such a degree that total manufacturing production was increased while the average number of wage-earners employed in manufacturing dropped from 9,000,059 in 1919 to 8,838,743 in 1929. This decline was especially marked in the largest plants and pulled the 1929 figures for plants employing over 1,000 workers each slightly below the peak of 1919.
during the war boom itself.*
| Increase | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| 1904-14 | 1919-29 | 1904-29 | |
| Size of establishments: | % | % | % |
| Average number of workers | . 4 | _ | 13 |
| Average horsepower installed | . 36 | 49 | 119 |
| Average product | . 17 | 66 | 105 |
| Average "value added" " | . 12 | 88 | 119 |
*Dollar figures on which these percentages are based have been corrected for changing price levels. See Appendix A, p. 309.
Factories and mills producing \$1,000,000 or more
| 1919 | 1929 | |
|---|---|---|
| Establishments | ||
| number | 10,413 | 11,763 |
| per cent of total | 4.9 | 5.6 |
| Wage-earners | _ | |
| number | 5,172,712 | 5,148,100 |
| per cent of total | 57.5 | 58.2 |
| Per cent of total products | 68.2 | 69.2 |
| Per cent of value added by manufac- | - | |
| ture | 62.9 | 64.6 |
While manufacturing establishments have been increasing in size, they have also been brought more and more into combinations in which a central management operates two or more plants. From 21,464 or 7.4% of all establishments in 1919, the number in these so-called "central office" groups rose to 26,286 or 12.5% of all establishments in 1929. A census study estimated that they employed "more than a third" of all manufacturing wage-earners in 1919. Ten years later the census reported that 48.4% of the manufacturing wage-earners were in such plants. Other important facts about the "central office" groups in 1919 were brought out in a special census study on The Integration of Industrial Operation. For example, while the great majority of these combinations were small, operating less than 10 establishments, a few towered above the others, 247 of them each operated from 11 to 50 establishments and 18 of them each operated over 50. About two-thirds of the combines were turning out the same general line of products in their different establishments, but 1,784 (out of 4,813 central office groups analyzed) were classified as "complex" because the products of their different establishments represented two or more subdivisions of industry. These included 534 combines which were engaged in mining along with at least one kind of manufacturing. More than half (903) of these complex groups were turning out "successive products" representing different stages from raw materials to some definite type of finished goods.
Corporations
Corporations were developed as a device for drawing into an enterprise capital owned by outsiders who took no continuous active part in management. A few corporations for banking, insurance, or manufacturing had been created before 1800. The first million-dollar manufacturing corporations were set up in New England textiles about 1830.6 Then railroads, requiring large capital, were commonly incorporated.
Three factors have combined to push the development of corporations.
of the corporate form for small concerns is far less important than the (3) tremendous growth of big corporations, which is directly related to the growth of monopoly power and the decay of the independent petty capitalist.
In mining, the percentage of total volume handled by corporations was 96% in 1930; in wholesale trade, 74%; in retail trade, 48%. In the construction industry, 36% of the establishments were owned by corporations, which means of course that corporations handled considerably more than 36% of the total volume of business. Agriculture has had the slowest development with less than 1% of the farms owned by corporations, but on truck farms, stock ranches, and fruit farms, "manager" farms (including both corporations and wealthy absentee owners) were from 2% to 7% of the total in 1930.
Many of these largest 200 non-banking corporations are direct suc-
cessors of the industrial "trusts" organized in the days when absolute monopoly was openly and frankly sought as the source of super-profits. The earliest industrial trusts—the Standard Oil Company and perhaps a dozen others—were set up before 1890. They roused the hostility of small business men and farmers who attempted to check their growth with the Sherman anti-trust act of 1890. But this law against "monopolies" and "restraint of trade" had little effect until President Theodore Roosevelt more than ten years later found it politically expedient to play up to the small capitalists with a few vigorous prosecutions under the act. John Moody, in The Truth about the Trusts, pointed out in 1904 that the era of great industrial trusts really began in 1898, eight years after the Sherman anti-trust act was passed. He listed (as of 1904) 318 industrial trusts (exclusive of railroads and utilities) which represented consolidations involving 5,288 separate plants. Three-fourths of these trusts had been incorporated after 1897. Of the more important 92 companies which Moody describes in some detail, 78 controlled 50% or more of the industry in which they chiefly operated, and 26 of these 78 controlled at least 80% of their own industry.
Two of the leading trusts—Standard Oil Co. and American Tobacco Co.—were broken up by the Supreme Court in 1911 into groups of smaller corporations, each group starting its new career with identical stockholders. Then gradually a new wave of mergers set in. From 1919 to 1928 inclusive, at least 4,135 concerns were merged and 3,114 concerns were acquired by others, according to a tabulation relating only to manufacturing and mining.10 These included, of course, mergers among the very large non-banking corporations. During the years 1920 to 1929 inclusive, 49 of the companies included on the list of the largest 200 in 1919 (or some later year) were merged with or acquired by another corporation on the list.11 Since 1929, additional mergers in the 200-group have substituted the Consolidated Oil Corp. for four large companies, and the Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc., for two companies.*
Since 1904 of course the total volume of business has greatly increased, and although the big corporations are much larger than they were, many of them control a smaller percentage of the products in their own special industry than the leading trusts had controlled thirty years
ago. But the intercorporate connections have been strengthened.
Monopoly power has persisted and increased.
Railroads, which represent on the whole larger aggregations of capital than manufacturing or mining companies, passed also through a special period of reorganization during the crisis and depression of the 1890's. The systems of the present time have a much larger capital but are not essentially different from those described by Moody in 1904. Such giant public utility groups as appear in the list of the largest 200 corporations are, in the main, a post-war development. Moody, writing in 1904, recognized utility companies as franchise monopolies, but at that time the electric light and power companies and the gas companies were mostly separate corporations operating in their home cities or in closely united areas. The post-war pyramids of utility holding companies, combining into so-called "systems" innumerable operating units scattered and interwoven in all parts of the country, have enormously increased the invested capital and the corporate consolidation in the utility monopolies.
page 309.)
| Number of | Gross assets | |
|---|---|---|
| · | corporations | (less depreciation) |
| Railroads and related transportation Public utilities | 42 | \$25,266,955,000 |
| Communications | 5.380.510.000 | |
| Electricity and gas | 30 | 21.011.811.000 |
| Traction | 8 | 1,418,180,000 |
| Manufacturing and mining * | ||
| Automobiles | 4 | 2,333,144,000 |
| Chemicals (except petroleum) | 8 | 1,887,758,000 |
| Coal | 5 | 639,082,000 |
| Food and tobacco | 14 | 2,635,619,000 |
| Glass | . I | 96,538,000 |
| Leather | I | 96,195,000 |
| Lumber | і | 93,870,000 |
| Metal products (except automobile | s) 13 | 2,302,243,000 |
| Metals | 19 | 6,367,059,000 |
| Paper | 4 | 1,098,454,000 |
| Petroleum | 16 | 7,467,044,000 |
| Rubber | 4 | 670,849,000 |
| Real estate and construction | I | 106,119,000 |
| Amusement | 6 | 1,229,306,000 |
| Retail trade | 9 | 1,327,905,000 |
| Total for the group | 200 | \$81,437,650,000 |
*Some manufacturing and mining are carried on by large corporations in other classifications.
Industries vary in the extent to which large corporations have been developed. No textile company, for example, appears in this list. Only
one lumber company is included, because the dominant Weyerhaeuser lumber interests are operated through a group of relatively small and apparently unrelated companies. The lumber interests of the International Paper Co. are included in the "paper" group. In several other industries a few corporations may be dominant which are too small to come within a list of the largest 200 in the country.
But the corporations listed have practically exclusive control in railroads, communications, electric utilities. They are dominant in automobiles and rubber tires, heavy electrical equipment, metals, petroleum refining, and tobacco. They are supplemented by less than a dozen smaller but important concerns in basic chemicals, anthracite coal, meat-packing and
sugar, leather, paper and motion-pictures.
Of special interest are the billion-dollar giants among the non-banking corporations. The first billion-dollar combine was the U. S. Steel Corp., organized in 1901. On January 1, 1932, there were 18 non-banking corporations in the United States which had each more than a billion dollars of gross assets. The American Telephone and Telegraph Co. which heads the list is the largest privately owned industrial corporation in the world.
BILLION-DOLLAR NON-BANKING CORPORATIONS
| Gross Assets | |
|---|---|
| Jan. 1, 1932 ° | |
| American Telephone & Telegraph Co | \$4,235,749,000 |
| Pennsylvania Railroad Co | 2,781,800,000 |
| United States Steel Corp | 2,279,802,000 |
| Southern Pacific Co | 2,212,265,000 |
| New York Central R. R. Co | 2,200,900,000 |
| Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey | 1,827,010,000 |
| Alleghany Corp. (railroads) | 1,813,600,000 |
| General Motors Corp | 1,313,920,000 |
| Consolidated Gas Co. of New York | 1,312,255,000 |
| Electric Bond & Share Co | 1,231,641,000 |
| Baltimore & Ohio R.R. Co | 1,222,700,000 |
| Cities Service Co. (oil and utilities) | 1,194,450,000 |
| United States Electric Power Corp | 1,169,720,000 |
| Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co | 1,120,325,000 |
| Middle West Utilities Co | 1,120,100,000 |
| Commonwealth & Southern Corp. (utilities) | 1,112,766,000 |
| Union Pacific R.R. Co | 1,111,208,000 |
| Socony-Vacuum Corp | 1,038,601,000 |
In bankruptcy.
Growth of Banking
Banking, the business of manipulating money capital, first developed among the merchant bankers of the earliest stages of capitalism. Beside them in the United States, and sometimes overlapping with them, were the early financiers of land and railroad speculation who systematically and corruptly drained the public treasury and the public lands for their own enrichment. Much of the private capital that went into the founding of western banks after the Civil War was accumulated in this fashion and a few of these early railroad buccaneers helped to develop Wall Street as the financial center of the country. But the central core of Wall Street power was shaped by the successors of the old merchant-banking houses which were advanced to a new stage of development by their share in the financing of the United States government during the Civil War and the period of reconstruction that followed.
Much of the two billions of interest-bearing debt incurred by the federal government during the Civil War was underwritten by private bankers and sold through their correspondents in all parts of the Union and on the continent of Europe.
The sale of the Civil War debt was not only the one great piece of business in securities in the '60's—it was the first in America. It really created the trade of wholesale merchandising of securities in this country....
Selling a security with a constantly rising market, their profits were many millions. At their start the credit of the United States was on a six and one half per cent basis; when they closed it was at four per cent and better. They had established a new financial oligarchy in the United States. August Belmont as the representative of the Rothschilds, was much the largest taker of bonds. But no element was so active and aggressive as the Drexel-Morgans.12
Through these operations Wall Street became "a national center... for the investment and speculation in government debt," but "The day of a general national market for corporate securities was still a great way off." 18 The banking oligarchy ruled in their own field, but in the 70's they were still quite distinct from the industrial capitalists.
Building up and manipulation of government debt played directly into
the hands of the bankers as traders in capital and was praised by the rising capitalist class as a great service to society (meaning, of course, to themselves). Government bonds, municipal bonds, county bonds, etc.—the whole top-heavy structure of public debt—offered profitable opportunities to the bankers, who underwrite public bond issues, and the most solid investment for capital. They also placed the bankers in a strategic position for controlling government policies, although of course the financiers' control of government has a much broader base than this.
The development of finance capital came later, largely through the banker's function as an ally of corporations, but the mechanism of investment banking was perfected during the government bond operations
of the 60's and early 70's.
Foundations for commercial banking were also laid in connection with the Civil War debt. Commercial banking is the broad term for trading in short-term credit as distinct from the trade in long-term capital, but commercial banks not only carry government bonds among their assets but have always done a considerable business in selling them. The National Bank Act of 1863 was passed largely as an emergency measure to provide through a new commercial banking system another outlet for government bonds. Actually, it created for the first time in the United States a standardized credit apparatus with a standardized bank note currency.
Marx in the third volume of Capital, written long before the 1890's, had analyzed the basis of the monopoly power of the bankers:
Increasing complexity of processes combining into a finished product materials assembled from every corner of the world and increased dependence on distant markets for final payment called forth the fullest use of the credit apparatus. The commercial banker became the close ally of the industrial capitalist, with a full knowledge of the industrialist's affairs and the power to assist or to destroy a business concern.
At the same time the growth of corporations developed the other phase of banking: investment banking, or the trade in long-term capital. Large privately owned corporations represent an aggregation of capital owned by a considerable number of persons. They could not be organized
and expanded without the assistance of the investment banker who would underwrite stock or an issue of bonds while he and his associates found among the scattered owners of capital a market for the new securities.*
"The control of so many billions of dollars in railroad property by so few men... came about by a simple and almost invariable formula: The progressive bankruptcy of American railroads, under fierge competition, threw them into the hands of security merchants in New York; these men wiped out competition between them, tied them up into monopolies, and, with their allies and dependents, held those monopolies under their own control." 15
Bankers—traders in capital—were active in the development of the industrial trusts. Mergers and the prospects of monopoly profits gave opportunity for large new issues, and every new issue meant a sure immediate profit to the investment banker. Morgan entered this field when he promoted the General Electric Co. in 1892. Then in the boom that brought the full blossoming period of the trusts after the Spanish War, Morgan organized the U. S. Steel Corp. in 1901, and the following year the International Harvester Co. and the International Mercantile Marine Co.
Meantime the Standard Oil Co. capitalists (especially William G. Rockefeller, brother of the first John D., and their crony and associate H. H. Rogers) had become heavily interested in the National City Bank (about 1891) and with their Wall Street allies went in also for the profits from promoting mergers in copper and other industries unrelated to petroleum.
Bankers who promoted mergers arranged as a matter of course to keep
Trade in capital and credit more and more took precedence over pro-
duction and distribution of goods as the most profitable and "honorable" activity. An increasing share of the total surplus value produced by the workers was drawn off as profit for the various kinds of bankers. In capitalist thinking, the "market" came to mean simply the trend of prices and sales for stocks and bonds. By 1929, over 40% of all corporation assets were reported by the "finance" group including "banking, insurance, real estate and holding companies, stock and bond brokers, etc." 16
How these banking interests are concentrated and control over them is centralized in a relatively small group will be discussed in later chapters
The Foundations of Imperialism
The turn of the century marked the opening of a new period in American capitalism, with the aggressive entrance of the United States in world affairs and the beginning of its imperialist power. This new political phase was so essentially and inescapably bound up with the new stage of development within the United States that in approaching it we must have clearly in mind the chief landmarks in the American economic scene at that time.
Public lands had been exhausted. The unsettled West passed into history about 1890. This meant that the working class in the United States had lost its peculiarly American opportunity for individual advancement.
Industry had been so far developed that in 1894 manufactured products permanently displaced raw materials and raw foodstuffs as the chief exports from the United States, and beginning with 1898 more "finished manufactures" were exported than imported. The United States was no longer primarily a source of food supplies and raw materials for the capitalist countries of Europe but an increasingly active competitor with them in the world market for industrial products.
Large factories and large corporations were dominating many branches of industry. Industrial mergers were actively promoted by bankers and financiers, not for the sake of greater technical efficiency but for the immediate profits from issuing securities and the coming profits of monopoly. Most of the basic railroad mileage had been completed. Railroad corporations, the telegraph, utilities in the principal cities, and much of manufacturing in heavy industry were held in the monopoly grip of a small number of financiers.
The capitalist class had accumulated an abundance of loan capital seeking investment and profit. This capital passed through the hands of the bankers,—directly through their control of bank deposits, trust funds and insurance company assets, and indirectly through control of the mechanism for floating new security issues. The fusion of banking and industrial capital was thus a material fact and gave the basis for the new fusion of interest and the criss-cross of directorships, with bankers of all kinds on the boards of industrial corporations and industrialists on the boards of banks and insurance companies.
Earlier dependence on foreign capital for the expansion of American railroads and industrial enterprises had been broken down by the accumulation of large capital reserves in the United States. When the frontier was passing into history, capital owned in the United States began to seek investment abroad. In the 90's, a few American corporations already had factories in other countries. American capital was developing sugar in the Hawaiian Islands and the West Indies. American corporations were seeking foreign mineral resources. At the end of the 90's foreign government bonds were sold in the United States by the House of Morgan in connection with the refunding of the Mexican debt (1899) and the financing of Great Britain's South African War (1900 and 1901). Of course until the World War shifted the balance of economic power, American capitalists were still owing abroad more than they were lending and investing abroad, but the turn of the century was marked by a definite increase in Wall Street's concern for foreign investment outlets.
As in the United States, capitalism in these countries also had been passing from the stage of industrial capital and free competition to the stage of finance capital and monopoly. They lacked at home such vast expanses of unsettled territory as had given the United States an exceptional domestic outlet for capital investment and production. Various minerals and tropical products had been of increasing industrial importance; heavy industry could produce more steel rails and machinery than capitalism at home could absorb; and capitalists had long since learned that in "backward" territory they could extract higher profits than in the more developed industry at home. But they were not content with high profits from direct exploitation of "backward" peoples with a low standard of living; they wanted the extra super-profits of special inside favors from a submissive colonial government. And as each capitalist nation developed toward the fusion of banking and industrial capital and the concentration of control by a handful of financiers, it was also feeling more sharply the competition with other developing capitalist nations and the need for extending over the largest possible territory its area of special privilege and monopoly power.
When the United States found its expanding domestic outlet closed by the passing of the frontier, monopoly capitalism in the United States naturally followed the same policy of expansion, the same quest for special privileges abroad. But most of Southern Asia and much of Africa had been divided among the European empires. Important parts of "independent" China had been appropriated as "spheres of influence." The Near East was the subject of constant diplomatic and economic wrangling, with Great Britain determined to prevent Germany, France or Russia from gaining a footbold
the imperialist stage of world capitalism was well under way.
Five essential features of modern capitalist imperialism are defined by Lenin in his Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism (written in 1916). These five features did not develop evenly and simultaneously throughout the capitalist world, but they are all organically interrelated.
-
- The concentration of production and capital, developed to such a high stage that it has created monopolies which play a decisive role in economic life.
-
- The merging of bank capital with industrial capital and the creation, on the basis of this "finance capital," of a financial oligarchy.
- The export of capital, as distinguished from the export of commodities, becomes of particularly great importance.
- International monopoly combines of capitalists are formed which divide up the world.
-
- The territorial division of the world by the greatest capitalist powers is completed.17
But the rapid advance of the American empire was essentially unstable. Sharp inner contradictions within American capitalism; the maturing of contradictions within world capitalist economy; conflicts between the expanding Wall Street interests and European and Japanese imperialisms; and the economic and political effects of the successful workers' revolution in the Soviet Union were among the factors leading American postawar "prosperity" toward economic crisis
......
CHAPTER II
THE HOUSE OF MORGAN
The present J. P. Morgan is son of the first J. P. Morgan and grandson of Junius Spencer Morgan, the first banker in the family. This J. S. Morgan was a well-to-do youth of Hartford, Connecticut, who after several years of trading in New York and Boston went to London in 1853 to become a partner in Peabody & Company. This was an American merchant-banking firm which had developed in successful competition with the Rothschilds and Barings for the business of exchanging pounds and dollars and selling American bonds to British capitalists. When George Peabody retired at the end of 1863, the firm became J. S. Morgan & Co. For three generations, the Morgan family has headed this important London house, which now operates as Morgan, Grenfell & Co., Ltd.
J. P. Morgan the first was helped by his millionaire father in London to get a start in the banking world in New York just before the Civil War. Thanks to his connection with the London house, the young J. P. made rapid progress and in 1871 he was able to make an alliance with Drexel & Co., one of the leading private banking houses in the United States. From the merger with Drexel, until 1935, the House of Morgan consisted of four firms: three private partnerships which are to-day known as J. P. Morgan & Co., New York; Drexel & Co., Philadelphia; and Morgan et Cie., Paris; and a fourth division, Morgan, Grenfell & Co., Ltd., London, which is a private limited company. A fifth firm, created in September, 1935, is a private corporation, Morgan, Stanley & Co., Inc., of New York.
Long before the death of J. S. Morgan in 1890, control of the House had passed to his son, the first J. P. Morgan, and the New York office at 23 Wall Street had become the central headquarters. After the setting up of Morgan, Stanley & Co., the old New York firm included J. P. Morgan and 16 other partners. This firm or its partners participate in the Philadelphia, London and Paris firms, but each of the auxiliary firms has also a few members of its own who have no share in the New York firm. Individual partners in J. P. Morgan & Co. own preferred stock (non-voting) in the new Morgan, Stanley & Co., Inc. Its common stock is held by seven executives, including Henry S. Morgan, son of the present J. P. Morgan, who have all been partners or division managers in J. P. Morgan & Co. or in Drexel & Co. (For list of Morgan partners and executives of new company, see Appendix C, p. 316.)
Like other bankers, the Morgan firm has grown rich and powerful by the manipulating of other men's capital. From the great reservoir of surplus value created by the workers, bankers draw profits not only on capital they own themselves, but also on great sums owned by other capitalists. The Morgan business has several phases, of which four have been the most important.
- (1) It gathers in deposits from corporations and wealthy individuals and acts as paying agent for corporations when dividends and bond interest are due or bond principal is to be liquidated. Deposits place at the constant disposal of the firm several hundred millions of dollars: \$562,407,000 on December 31, 1927, and \$340,048,000 on December 31, 1932, according to statements given at the Senate hearings in Washington, in May, 1933. Only a small part of these deposits is kept in cash. Part of the total is invested in bonds and stocks; much of it is loaned. All of it serves to provide profits for the firm.
- (2) Even twenty years ago, the Morgan firm was known as "a large lender of money on the New York Stock Exchange." During the boom before the crash of 1929, the Morgan call loans (i.e. to brokers and speculators) rose to more than \$100,000,000.
- (3) As international bankers, the Morgan firm also handles considerable amounts of foreign exchange. Such dealings may be especially profitable when currencies are unsettled and rates are changing from day to day.
The Morgan firms have constituted without question the leading investment banking house in the entire capitalist world. Their actual volume of business has been enormous. They reported to the Pujo Committee in 1913 that during the 11 years from 1902 to 1912, inclusive, they had publicly offered about \$1,914,226,000 of securities, exclusive of municipal bonds and companies not engaged in interstate commerce. Twenty years later, a Senate investigation brought out the fact that over six billion dollars of bonds and stocks had been publicly "offered" by J. P. Morgan & Co., from January 1, 1919, to May, 1933. These figures do not include the business of Drexel & Co. or that of the London and Paris houses.
| Foreign bonds | \$2,232,757,000 |
|---|---|
| Railroad bonds (including holding companies) | 1,978,639,000 |
| Utility bonds (including holding companies) | 1,074,750,000 |
| Industrial companies (bonds and preferred stock) | 578,298,000 |
|---|---|
| Municipal bonds | 160,000,000 |
\$6,024,444,000
SOURCE: Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices before the Committee on Banking and Currency, U. S. Senate 73:1, on S. Res. 84 (72nd Congress) and S. Res. 56 (73rd Congress).
Also, we know from figures compiled by the Wall Street Journal that the Morgan and Drexel firms were syndicate heads for selling about \$2,200,000,000 of new bond issues from 1927 to 1932. This was just under 10% of all new bond issues publicly offered in the United States during those six years. Of course, the Morgan power in investment banking is greatly extended beyond the dealings of the Morgan and Drexel firms themselves.
Morgan, a Pillar of Imperialist Capitalism
Before 1871 Morgan had sold in the United States a Peruvian government bond issue of \$2,000,000,4 but throughout the nineteenth century such ventures were few and incidental. Even in 1899, when Morgan undertook a \$110,000,000 Mexican loan for the readjustment of the Mexican government debt, he did not try to sell all the bonds in the United States, but placed large blocks of them in Germany and Great Britain. The next year, however, when England needed money for the Boer War Morgan headed a banking syndicate for the sale of British bonds in the
United States. Within less than fifteen months something over \$140,-000,000 of British bonds—from three successive loans—were sold to American investors.5
As Morgan's selling of American securities abroad (that is, the importing of foreign capital) was increasingly supplemented by the selling of foreign securities in the United States (that is, the exporting of American capital) his political interests seem to have changed. At the time of the Venezuela boundary dispute with British Guiana in 1895 (see below, page 267), smooth relations with Great Britain and the money markets of Europe seemed of paramount importance. In Cleveland's militant gesture, Morgan is said to have seen "a threatened disaster that will put an end to our borrowing." The Monroe Doctrine to which Cleveland appealed against any increase of British territory in South America apparently seemed far less important than the business of selling American securities to British investors.
Less than fifteen years later the tide had begun to turn. Wall Street was looking toward a future of expanding foreign investment of American capital. Morgan took up the demand for the Open Door in China (see below, page 274), although this China policy was directly opposed to the interests of the British capitalists. Not that Morgan broke with his British interests; that same year (1909) he drew into his British firm a member of the Grenfell family which had for years been guiding British capital into Argentina and Brazil. And Morgan's British interests are still important. But with the ripening of American capitalism to the imperialist stage, Morgan's American interests took precedence over British interests when the two clashed in China.
Already in 1898, Morgan had been for political expansion of the United States provided British interests were not threatened. He backed the Spanish-American War although he apparently had at that time no direct interest in the Philippines and only an indirect interest in Cuba through a small minority holding in the National City Bank. In the long canal fight he had backed the French Panama Canal Co. and received \$400,000 for lending his name to a propaganda committee. When the French company went bankrupt, Morgan cooked up a scheme to organize a private \$200,000,000 American syndicate and build the canal, but this was not approved by McKinley. The next year, 1902, the United States government bought the "rights" of the old Panama Canal Co. of France. When the "independence" of Panama cleared the way for the United States to build a canal, Morgan's firm immediately became fiscal agent in the United States for the new little republic. 10
The House Grows in Crisis and War
For the first J. P. Morgan the panic year, 1907, was the high point of power. After the panic of 1873 bankrupted Jay Cooke, the Morgan firms won recognition as the leading bankers in the United States. Since the 1880's Morgan had been increasing his holdings and his power in American railroads. In 1892 he had taken his first big step into other industries by participating in the organization of General Electric Co. Before 1900 he had gone into steel, and in 1901 he had set up the U. S. Steel Corporation, the first billion-dollar company in the world. Shortly afterwards he put through two other important mergers, the International Mercantile Marine Co., which attempted to dominate Atlantic shipping, and the International Harvester Co., which has made a brilliant record of profits and growth.
But Rockefeller had refused to bend to the Morgan will and E. H. Harriman had for years put up a clever and aggressive fight for railroad power. Other upstarts were worrying the "Master Mind of Wall Street." The crisis of 1907 put them in their places. Several rivals were crushed in the panic, some said deliberately crushed by Morgan who could have saved them but refused to extend financial aid. During the crisis Rockefeller and E. H. Harriman joined with Morgan's faithful cohorts in accepting Morgan leadership. When the storm blew over, the struggle for power was renewed, but Morgan's position had been permanently strengthened.
In 1912, the Morgan firm was "investigated" by the Pujo Committee (of the House of Representatives). Very little was uncovered that was not already a matter of public record for those who might choose to assemble the facts, but the committee summary gave rather startling evidence of the extent of Morgan connections within American banking and industry. In the United States the Morgan firm was at that time directly represented in 12 banks and three insurance companies. At least 11 major railroad systems and the Pullman Co., and telephone, telegraph, Adams Express Co., and the International Mercantile Marine were directly linked to the Morgan firm. Besides U. S. Steel Corp. and the Pullman Co., at least five other major manufacturing companies and several smaller companies included a Morgan partner among their directors. In other public utilities Morgan had scattering interests, including Philadelphia Rapid Transit, Public Service Corp. of New Jersey, Niagara Falls Power Co., J. G. White & Co., Inc., and two companies in Latin America
By comparison with the Morgan power to-day these interests of 1912 seem limited and their \$10,313,000,000 of total assets seem small.* But Morgan was already the dominant power not only in American banking, but in railroads, in telephone, and in steel and electrical manufacturing. He had taken the first steps toward a utility empire in Central America.
In January, 1915, the British government—at the suggestion of a Morgan partner—made the firm its purchasing agent in the United States and the French government followed suit in May of the same year. Their purchases of food and war supplies through the Morgan agency ultimately totaled three billion dollars. The war-time profits of corporations controlled by Morgan or clearly under Morgan influence show that the firm made the most of this opportunity to help themselves and their friends. The liberal writer, Amos Pinchot, says of the U. S. Steel Corp.:
The charge that the Morgan House helped bring the United States into the war is most annoying to the Morgan partners. How Thomas W. Lamont's attempt to picture the firm as calmly aloof in Olympian retirement while the United States was being swung into line for war is contradicted by some of his own statements and by other evidence we shall discuss in a later chapter.
The Morgan Domain To-day
Since the World War the House of Morgan has continued to expand its interests and increase its power. The \$2,233,000,000 of foreign bonds sold in this country by the Morgan firm from January 1, 1919, to May, 1933, represented about one-sixth of the total foreign issues bought by American capitalists during that period. This Morgan share was of great strategic importance. It included loans to the chief European governments. Financially the Morgan bond issues were the best of the post-war issues: up to May, 1933, none of these bonds had yet been defaulted. Among the countries for which the Morgan firm has been banker in the United States are France, Belgium, Germany, Italy, Great Britain, Switzerland, Spain and Austria; Argentina, Cuba, Mexico, Australia and China.
Another and very important phase of Morgan's growing world power is the great increase in foreign holdings of American corporations. For example, Morgan dominated companies operate copper mines in Canada
Morgan is represented in India by Sir Thomas Catto, a member of the British firm, with headquarters in Calcutta. Besides Catto, three other London partners are active in Yule, Catto & Co., which operates in Calcutta as Andrew Yule & Co., Ltd. This company has large interests in the jute industry and is also tied up with tea, Indian coastwise shipping, Bengal coal mines, flour, oil, construction, rubber, sugar, paper and printing, electric power, and insurance. Except possibly in jute, the firm is not dominant in these various Indian industries. Catto is, however, a director and deputy chairman of the Mercantile Bank of India, Ltd., a British concern with branches not only throughout India but also in China, Dutch East Indies. Siam and Mauritius.
The total extent of Morgan power in American industry and finance defies statistical measurement. We can, however, list 35 banks, insurance companies, etc., and 60 non-financial corporations on which Morgan partners were directors on January 1st, 1932, and whose assets on that date are known. Here we find a total of \$30,000,000,000 of corporate assets having this immediate link to the Morgan firm.* If we include
Railroads: Atchison, Topeka, & Santa Fe; Baltimore & Ohio; New York Central: Southern Pacific.
Other Utilities: American Telephone & Telegraph; Consolidated Gas Co. of New York; Electric Bond & Share; Commonwealth and Southern.
Miscellaneous Industrials: General Motors: U. S. Steel.
If we include those having Morgan as banker but having no representative from the Morgan inner group on the board of directors, we add three more billion-dollar companies to the list: the group of railroads controlled by the Alleghany Corp., which is clearly within the Morgan domain, and the two great Rockefeller dominated corporations, Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey) and Socony-Vacuum Corp. (now Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc.). Only five of the 18 billion-dollar corporations have no clear connection with the Morgan inner group: Pennsylvania Railroad, Union Pacific Railroad, Cities Service Co. (partly utilities, partly oil), Middle West Utilities Co., and United States Electric Power Corp.
Morgan's inner group held directorships in 14 of these 42 railroads and related companies; in 13 of these 52 other public utility companies, and in 14 of these 106 miscellaneous industrial companies. These were only one-fifth of the largest 200 corporations but they had nearly two-fifths (38%) of the total assets of the group. If we include companies having no director from the Morgan inner group, but using Morgan or Bonbright or First National Bank of New York as bankers, or having at least one director who is a leading official in a Morgan-controlled company, the number of large non-banking companies under Morgan influence
42 railroads, etc., with assets of . . \$25,267,000,000
52 other utilities, with assets of .. 27,819,000,000
o6 miscellaneous industrials, assets 28,351,000,000
Total: 200 corporations, assets . . \$81,437,000,000
Linked to Morgan inner group by directorships are
14 railroads, etc., with assets of .. \$11,596,600,000 or 46% of this group
14 miscellaneous industrials, assets 6,138,000,000 or 22% of this group
Having as director Morgan man outside of inner group or having Morgan or Bonbright or First National as bankers are
14 railroads, with assets of.....\$ 5,738,900,000 or 23% of this group 5 other utilities, with assets of... 2,430,200,000 or 0% of this group
27 miscellaneous industrials, assets 9,080,500,000 or 32% of this group
Total: 46 corporations, assets . . \$17,249,600,000 or 21% of the 200 total
But Morgan and his partners do not despise connections with smaller companies. Partners in the Morgan firms sit on the boards of at least 50 companies of all kinds, including banks, whose assets are less than \$75,-000,000 apiece. Some of these "small" companies are of great strategic importance. They include, for example, Morgan's Ætna Insurance Co., J. I. Case Co. (agricultural machinery), Crowell Publishing Co. (a procapitalist propaganda factory), General Asphalt Co., International Agricultural Corp., Johns-Manville Corp. (asbestos and building products), Standard Brands, Inc., and Texas Gulf Sulphur Co. (For fuller list of companies whose connections with the Morgan group have been traced, see Appendix D, page 317 ff.)
Morgan Wealth
From the beginning the Morgan banking group has functioned for the purpose of increasing the wealth of the head of the house and his partners. The earliest ventures of the first J. P. showed no squeamish nicety of method in "making money."
During the Civil War, his father's firm in London was adding to its millions by helping panicky British capitalists to sell their American bonds in the United States. At the same time the young J. P. was making the most of speculative opportunities in New York. Guns condemned by the United States Army as unsafe for soldiers who might carry them were purchased from the government arsenal with funds borrowed from J. P. Morgan and sold again to the army to be placed in the hands of northern soldiers. A House of Representatives committee, investigating the graft in Civil War purchases, characterized this deal as fraudulent—"an effort... to obtain from the government some \$49,000 over and above the value of the property sold" and "a crime against the public safety." Also, J. P. and another smart young man turned a pretty profit of \$160,000 by speculating in gold and manipulating the foreign exchange rate.
gan firm has unblushingly backed "write-ups" of utility properties and such a maze of holding companies as the Van Sweringen brothers have set up for the control of railroads.
A few years later Morgan methods were again shown up in the looting of the New York, New Haven, and Hartford Railroad. The elder J. P. Morgan aimed at a complete monopoly of all public transportation in New England, and stopped at nothing to achieve his purpose. "Not merely were recklessly extravagant acquisitions made in mad pursuit of monopoly; but the financial judgment, the financiering itself, was conspicuously bad." This was the sober opinion of Louis D. Brandeis, now a Justice of the U. S. Supreme Court. Thousands of small stockholders lost their savings in the crash that followed. The whole affair was one of the most conspicuous blots on the Morgan record. Even from the capitalist viewpoint it revealed a complete lack of the "statesmanship" with which he is commonly credited by his admirers.
When the elder J. P. Morgan died in 1913, he left an estate valued at \$77,465,975, including \$32,346,099 represented by his share in the four banking firms. Nearly half of the balance was tied up in art treasures, and the present J. P. Morgan is said to have inherited little active capital beyond the investment in the banking firms. But he helped himself by selling much of the Morgan collection which had been loaned to the Metropolitan Museum. Twenty years later he sold additional pictures and miniatures. Shortly after his father's death the present J. P., grudging the \$3,000,000 of inheritance taxes which the estate had had to pay on his father's property, took out the largest individual life insurance policy that had been written up to that time, \$2,500,000 payable to state or federal treasuries as an offset against inheritance taxes that will be due when it comes his turn to die.
Combined balance sheets of the New York and Philadelphia firms published at the Senate hearings in May, 1933, showed that their "net worth" (that is, capital that would be available for distribution among the members of the firms after settling all the firms' liabilities) had been above \$100,000,000 during the boom and was just over \$53,000,000 on December 31, 1932. But how this would be pro-rated among Morgan and his partners
*For details see Report of the Joint Committee of the Senate and Assembly... appointed to investigate the affairs of life insurance companies, transmitted to the New York Legislature Feb. 22, 1906, and published by the State of New York as Assembly Document No. 41.
we do not know. And, of course, it does not include their privately invested personal wealth.
From They Told Barron (page 2) we learn that the first J. P. Morgan took each year 51% of the profits of his banking firms. But whether the present J. P. follows this example and what these profits have amounted to are among the points on which information is neatly withheld in the statements made public at the Senate hearings in May, 1933. From the \$11,000,000 of federal income tax paid for 1929 by Morgan and his 23 partners in New York and Philadelphia, it was estimated that their combined net incomes from the firm profits plus their own personal investments must have aggregated at least \$44,000,000 and may have topped \$60,000,000. During the boom years, it was commonly stated that a Morgan partnership was worth a million dollars a year, and the older partners and the present J. P. Morgan have certainly built up large personal fortunes. Thomas W. Lamont, for example, paid \$847,820 of federal income tax for the year 1923. 20
Morgan Workers
The sheer extent of Morgan wealth is, however, of less importance to the working class than the fact that the Morgan firm has been for more than thirty years dictating to important sections of the working class the terms under which they are exploited. Time and again Morgan workers have revolted but as yet the Morgan power has been maintained.
It was Morgan's U. S. Steel Corp. which took the lead in refusing to shorten the 12-hour day, seven-day week until after the great steel strike of 1919. Also in 1919 U. S. Steel took the lead in summoning state cossacks and importing gunmen to ride into workers' dwellings and break up strikers' meetings. The Morgan policy was squarely responsible for the death of Fannie Sellins, heroic woman organizer killed near an Allegheny Steel Co. mine where she was arousing the miners to active solidarity with the steel workers
Morgan railroads did their full share in breaking the strike of 1922.
Morgan, in the midst of luxury, approves the crisis policies which have thrown out hundreds of thousands of workers from his railroad and telephone systems since 1929 while cutting wages for those still employed.
In the midst of mass unemployment when workers are suffering and starving, Morgan has thrown his power against even the most meager beginnings of compulsory unemployment insurance, personally pleading with the little capitalists and the workers who still have jobs to share with the hungry jobless.
Yes, behind a thin veil of "welfare" work and "safety" campaigns, the Morgan interests pursue a cold-blooded, ruthless policy, robbing the working class in the typical capitalist fashion and holding down the workers with brute force when they dare to revolt.
.......................................
CHAPTER III
ROCKEFELLER, A FAMILY POWER
Rockefeller's background was also quite different from that of the wealthy Morgan whose father was an international banker before him. John D. Rockefeller, senior, was a country boy, son of an obscure exploiter of pioneer settlers, who roamed the country from New York to Iowa peddling a cancer "cure." To a neighbor at home he boasted of lending money to western farmers at 12 per cent and preferring those who could not pay so that he might foreclose and take their farms.(^1)
John D. was a real chip off the old block and paid a grateful tribute to his father. In his Random Reminiscences of Men and Events, written when he was seventy years old, Rockefeller says:
To my father I owe a great debt in that he himself trained me to practical ways. He was engaged in different enterprises; he used to tell me about these things, explaining their significance; and he taught me the principles and methods of business.2
But Rockefeller was by no means the traditional poor boy of American mythology. His first job, it is true, paid him only fifty dollars for three months' work as book-keeper for a commission merchant firm in Cleveland. But when he and another youth set up a partnership as commission merchants in 1858, the cancer quack was ready and able to advance one thousand dollars of capital.
Building an Oil Monopoly
The first oil well in the United States was dug in northwestern Pennsylvania the following year and Rockefeller watched the oil rush with interest. He decided that production of crude oil was too speculative and
risky but that oil refining could be made a steadily profitable business. So in 1862 he put his savings—already amounting to several thousand dollars—into a new firm with a youth named Andrews who had original ideas on how to refine oil. Rockefeller himself continued in the commission business until 1865 when he began to give all his time and attention to building a fortune in oil. Five years later, in 1870, Rockefeller, Andrews and a small group of associates incorporated the Standard Oil Co. of Ohio with capital of \$1,000,000.
These external facts gave him a good running start in a new industry. But, in addition, Rockefeller was extraordinarily persistent and shrewd and ruthless in applying the normal tactics of capitalist competition. He and the associates whom he gathered about him were ingenious and law-less in creating difficulties for Standard Oil's competitors.
As the largest shipper of oil Rockefeller demanded, and received, freight rates lower than those paid by any other refiner. Then he worked out a secret alliance with the largest refiners in Pittsburgh, Philadelphia and New York and together they persuaded the three railroads that tapped the oil regions to give them not only a slashing reduction (rebate) on their own shipments but a cash payment called a "drawback" on every carload of oil shipped by their competitors. Before this extraordinary trick was discovered and stopped, Rockefeller had swallowed all his chief Cleveland competitors. Railroad rebates on Standard shipments—without the added "drawback"—continued for forty years to place a burden on Standard competitors.
Of course, many competitors were simply squeezed out and destroyed. Some others, whose plants might be useful, were openly bought up at a value fixed by Rockefeller, who would pay what his experts figured that the plant would be worth to Standard Oil. Even at this valuation, those who received Standard Oil stock and were able to hold it grew rich. Those who took cash or who sold their stock before its value had risen were the victims of a cold appraisal which allowed nothing for the intangible "good will" that Rockefeller had deliberately destroyed.
Occasionally, agents of the Standard companies were responsible for destroying the physical property of competitors. At least one such case was proved in Buffalo, in 1881. The directors of Vacuum Oil were indicted but the only men convicted were two local managers. Rockefeller blandly maintained that he and Standard had nothing whatever to do with Vacuum Oil and heartily disapproved of such methods. As a matter of fact, a three-quarters interest in Vacuum had been acquired by Standard Oil two years before, and the local managers—punished only by paying small fines—continued in their positions undisturbed.8
When Rockefeller met strong opposition—as in the 1877 battle with the Pennsylvania Railroad which was backing independent refiners—he mobilized all his resources of brains and trickery and political influence and poured out thousands of dollars to accomplish his purpose. He knew that monopoly power was a source of super-profits, and he drove for it with single-minded intensity of purpose.
Many years later, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., in an address on trusts, justified the tactics of monopoly by the following analogy: "The American Beauty Rose can be produced in its splendor and fragrance only by sacrificing the early buds which grow up around it."
Second, but of equal importance, was Rockefeller's determination to cut the cost of producing and distributing kerosene. From the beginning he applied himself to thinking out methods of saving expense. His firm made its own barrels and did its own hauling. Although for years he stayed out of crude oil production, he bought directly from the producers and cut out the jobbers through whom other refiners were buying their crude. He built up a marketing apparatus and made deliveries directly to retailers and large consumers. In 1885, when competition of Russian oil was seriously threatening his exports to Europe and the Far East, Rockefeller launched tankers to carry oil across the ocean and built refineries and distributing systems in foreign countries. Shortly afterwards, when the Pennsylvania producers attempted to combine and raise the price of crude, Rockefeller decided the time had come to control enough crude to break down their combination.
Systematic cutting of the cost of production was important for two reasons. It gave Rockefeller a steady supply of super-profits, when his prices were high enough to cover the costs of his competitors. It also allowed him to carry on price wars, first in one region and then in another, which destroyed upstart competitors while fierce underbidding brought
only negligible losses to the Rockefeller companies.
Fourth, from the beginning Rockefeller was a cold and extremely competent realist in building up a group of associates who could serve his companies. Already in 1870 he had begun to develop a system of useful connections. John T. Flynn describes this in God's Gold.
He saw to it that he had friends planted wherever they might be needed. When his credit was discussed in one bank there was Harkness, a stockholder, to vouch for him. If it was brought up in another bank, another stockholder, Stillman Witt, was there to aid him. When he wanted railroad favors, there was [sic] Amasa Stone and Watson, also stockholders, to stand by him. By this time he had tied to his enterprise, one way or another, most of the men of wealth and power in Cleveland.
Last, but not least, Rockefeller knew the importance of having friends
within the political machine. Schoolmate at Owego of Tom Platt, who became Republican boss of New York State, and schoolmate in Cleveland of Mark Hanna, the first leader of the "Ohio gang," Rockefeller retained their friendship and never hesitated to manipulate political appointments in the interest of Standard Oil. Meanwhile Payne and others functioned for Standard Oil in the Democratic Party. John D. Archbold, one of his chosen intimates, became perhaps the boldest dispenser of bribes in the history of American capitalism.
Before the organization of Standard Oil Co. of Ohio in 1870, Rockefeller had begun his little game of dividing his operations and using different names. For some years his different companies or firms were held together simply by the fact that all were owned by Rockefeller and his close associates. Rockefeller himself was the largest stockholder, but when the Standard Oil Co. of Ohio was organized he owned less than one third of the shares. After the Standard Oil Stock was made available to outsiders, Rockefeller, with his large minority holdings, and his intimate associates with their smaller holdings, held among them a clear majority that gave them unquestioned control.
As the business of the several Rockefeller companies developed, Rockefeller wanted some closer organic connection among the companies without having to admit to hostile competitors the extent of his oil interests. The "trust" form, worked out in 1879 and then in greater legal perfection in 1882, meant that Rockefeller and his inner ring became a board of trustees to which they themselves as individuals assigned "in trust" their controlling stock interest in the many apparently unrelated companies. This "trust" arrangement aroused a fury of opposition when some years later it became known to their competitors and the rest of the capitalist world. Nominally it was dissolved in the early 90's by order of the Ohio courts but actually it continued to function. It was saved from further prosecution in Ohio by a political shift in the state Attorney General's office, but Rockefeller saw that he needed some better form of combination. A law passed in New Jersey in 1889 had permitted a corporation to own stock in another corporation. So in 1899 Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey took over the stock of all the vast network of Rockefeller oil companies while the holdings of the individual capitalists were concentrated in the one parent corporation.
In 1911—the year when the American Tobacco Company was also "dissolved" and a "Money Trust" investigation was in the offing—the United States Supreme Court ordered Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey to break up its holdings into 34 parts, and to distribute the stock of the 33 groups of separated subsidiaries among the stockholders of Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey. These separate companies all started of course with identical groups of stockholders and in each of them the Rockefeller inner
ring received a majority of the stock. John D. Rockefeller himself had about one-fourth of the shares in each of the 34 companies.
The Rockefeller oil companies still have certain characteristic features. They are governed by small boards of directors, made up chiefly of active executives. No outside banking interest is represented, except as Standard Oil executives themselves are directors of outside banks and insurance companies. One exception to this was the presence on Standard of Indiana of Melvin A. Traylor, president of the First National Bank of Chicago, until his death in 1934. The chief companies still operate in the main without serious competition among themselves. They are no longer the only large oil companies in the United States, but together they still dominate the American oil industry.
Standard Oil had built foreign refineries and set up its world-wide marketing apparatus long before it began to seek foreign concessions for the production of crude oil. In Mexico, E. L. Doheny and British interests had pioneered in oil before one of the Standard subsidiaries went in also. During the World War and later, the leading Standard Oil companies drove to make up for lost time in acquiring foreign oil resources. To-day subsidiaries of the Standard of New Jersey have oil properties in Venezuela, Colombia, Peru, Bolivia and Argentina, Mexico, Trinidad, Canada, Roumania, Poland, and the Dutch East Indies. Standard Oil of California has acquired oil lands in Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela, Arabia, and the Bahrein Islands in the Persian Gulf, but its actual foreign production is still unimportant.
With the help of the State Department, Rockefeller also secured a toehold in the Mosul oil fields (British-controlled Iraq). There two Standard companies and the Mellon-owned Gulf Oil Corp. have together a less than
On the relation of Standard Oil companies to each other, to "independent" American companies and to foreign oil interests, see Chapter X, page 157 ff.
Rockefeller Outside of Oil
His brother William, on the other hand, who also became active in Standard Oil, was a tricky and dashing speculator in stocks. With Henry H. Rogers of Standard Oil and James Stillman of National City Bank, William Rockefeller, after the panic of 1893, put through wild deals in copper and other stock speculation in the most approved manner of the recent post-war boom. They were known as the "Standard Oil Gang," but Thomas W. Lawson, a fellow capitalist who exposed Amalgamated Copper in 1904, and John T. Flynn10, the liberal biographer of Rockefeller, believe that John D. took no part in most of these manipulations. Not that he disapproved their methods—the history of Standard Oil shows that such an idea would be absurd—but his whole temper of mind was more cautiously calculating than his brother's.
John D. did join his brother William in respecting the ability of James Stillman, and after Stillman became president of National City Bank in 1891 the Standard Oil backing which he received was an important factor in pushing National City up to the top among New York banks. Even
here, John D.'s interest was less active than his brother's and it is now believed to have been entirely withdrawn.
In spite of his widely scattered and very large investments, very few corporations outside of the Standard Oil group have been brought under direct control by the John D. Rockefeller branch of the family. The earliest outside project was built up in Minnesota iron ore. Here Rockefeller acquired at distress prices valuable resources which he later sold to Morgan's U. S. Steel Corporation at a profit variously reported as \$30,000,000 to \$70,000,000. U. S. Steel paid for the properties partly in stock, which gave John D. Rockefeller and his son seats on the board of directors. Ten thousand shares of U. S. Steel are held by Rockefeller's General Education Board, but neither John D. nor his son now appears among the largest stockholders in U. S. Steel and for many years Rockefeller interests have had no visible representation on its board.
In 1902, Rockefeller bought control of Colorado Fuel & Iron Co., the largest steel and coal producer in the West. This company has achieved nation-wide notoriety through its tight grip on Colorado politics and through the brutality of its tactics against strikers. In the investigations that followed the Ludlow massacre (1914) when the strikers' tent colony was burned and women and children were killed, the treasurer of the company admitted that C.F.&I. had been spending "from \$500 to \$1000 a day" to fight the workers. The same year, according to Flynn, the old John D. was winning a fight for a two-thirds reduction in his personal tax bill in Cleveland.
Shortly after the World War, Rockefeller went heavily into Consolidation Coal Co., operating in Maryland, West Virginia, eastern Kentucky, and Somerset county, Pennsylvania. The family still openly dominates Consolidation Coal, which is—like Colorado Fuel & Iron—a notorious enemy of working class organization. Apparently Rockefeller also controls Davis Coal & Coke Co., another company operating in Maryland and West Virginia, although this connection is not so openly admitted. For many years, Rockefeller was master of Western Maryland Railway, a small line important and profitable because of its coal interests. Although this control is supposed to have been given up (under its affiliation with the Baltimore & Ohio), the board of the Western Maryland Railway Co. still includes Henry E. Cooper, a former "personal representative" of John D. Rockefeller. It may also be significant that Cooper is a director of the Clinchfield Coal Corp., operating in Virginia.
feller influence. Since 1933, Rockefeller has been represented in Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co.
In the early days, when Standard Oil was dependent on railroad transportation of oil, Rockefeller played in with the railroad lords and strengthened his position by buying railroad securities. Later, Harriman was a friend of the "Standard Oil Gang" and had the backing of John D. in his efforts to build a railroad empire. Also, as John D. increased his capital looking for outside investment he naturally salted away many millions in railroad bonds and preferred stocks—the usual "safe" investment after the period of wild railroad speculation had led to the Morgan reorganizations of the 80's and 90's. To-day, the holdings of the Rockefeller institutions are widely scattered and include large amounts invested in practically all the major roads, but Rockefeller interests are openly and directly represented only in the New York Central. Here the position of Morgan, Vanderbilt and their allies is stronger than that of Rockefeller. But a few roads outside of the Morgan railroad empire have at least one director not identified as a Rockefeller henchman and yet obviously closer to Rockefeller than to Morgan. These include Delaware & Hudson; Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific; and Virginian Railway.
Much Rockefeller money is invested in New York traction—especially Brooklyn-Manhattan-Transit and Manhattan Railway, operated by the Interborough Rapid Transit—and probably also in Consolidated Gas Co. of New York. In Consolidated Gas, John D.'s nephew Percy (who died in 1934) has been the only open representative of the family, and Percy Rockefeller, even more markedly than his late father, William Rockefeller, had many independent interests that are quite distinct from the
main John D. Rockefeller line.
And the John D. Rockefeller family has become heavily interested in real estate. They have financed several housing projects—always on a business basis—but their largest single real estate venture is Rockefeller Center (or Radio City) which includes two large blocks in mid-town New York. When the Rockefeller Center work was started, the real estate company obtained a \$62,500,000 mortgage from the Metropolitan Life Insurance Co., but the total capital invested in the project has not been revealed.
The Rockefeller Empire
To measure the extent of Rockefeller power is, of course, impossible, but again as in the discussion of Morgan certain broad estimates can be made. From these we conclude that the Rockefeller interests are the strongest influence in banks and corporations with assets totaling about \$21.5 billion. These figures do not include the chief real estate holdings. Rockefeller interests are also present along with Morgan interests in additional concerns with at least \$23.4 billion of total assets.
Second in importance is the small group of companies—mostly large concerns—in which the John D. Rockefeller interests are directly represented by one or more of the Rockefeller "cabinet." This is a group of individuals who are employed as a personal staff or who serve on the boards of at least two of three Rockefeller institutions: the Rockefeller Foundation, the General Education Board, and the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research. Through this Rockefeller "cabinet" the John D. family is linked to 11 companies with published assets totaling about \$3,750,000,000, in which the Rockefeller power is in control, and to three other large corporations with over \$7 billions of assets in which the Morgan power is in control. The "cabinet" also administers large real estate interests on which figures are not available.
Third in importance are the companies on which Rockefeller influence is indirectly represented outside of the oil industry by officials of Standard Oil companies. Here we find Standard Oil probably the controlling force in some 25 companies with about \$1,300,000,000 of assets while Standard Oil influence is present along with Morgan influence or clearly secondary to Morgan dominance in another 11 companies with assets totaling around \$5,000,000,000.
Fourth, we must include the indirect Rockefeller interests linked to the Chase National Bank. Some of the more important have already been covered in the companies linked to Rockefeller through his "cabinet." Three of the "cabinet" are directors of Chase: W. W. Aldrich, brother-in-law of John D., junior, is chairman of the bank; Bertram Cutler and Barton P. Turnbull are also among its directors. Our record of the Chase connections is necessarily incomplete. We cannot trace, for example, all the companies in which Chase holds a dominating banking position without a cross-directorship. But we can list the companies, not already included in a previous Rockefeller group, on which the bank is represented by one of its officials or by a Chase director who is clearly a "Rockefeller" man. Here we find a group of 116 companies. In 83 companies, with assets totaling about \$10,300,000,000 this Chase-Rockefeller influence seems to be the strongest financial force. In 28 others, with assets of more than \$6,800,000,000, the Morgan inner group is also represented and in about one-third of these the Morgan influence is clearly dominant.
Apparently distinct from these areas of John D. Rockefeller dominance and John D. Rockefeller influence (with or without Morgan participation) have been the connections of Percy A. Rockefeller and his family. The foundations of the Percy Rockefeller wealth were laid by his father, John D.'s brother William, who was with John D. in Standard Oil. As we have seen, the two brothers followed rather separate paths in their outside interests, and this separation seems to have been sharpened in the second generation. Percy Rockefeller (who died in 1934) may sometimes have represented his uncle, John D., or his cousin, John D., junior, but nowhere was he a director of a company generally identified as within the John D. Rockefeller domain. It is worth noting, however, that Percy Rockefeller and his associates seem to have been the controlling force in corporations having about \$1,500,000,000,000 of total assets. They were also present, together with a strong Morgan influence, in other companies with assets totaling more than \$4,200,000,000. (See lists in Appendix E, page 328.)
How important, then, is the Rockefeller share in the largest 200 nonbanking corporations?
Companies among Largest 200 Non-Banking Corporations Linked to Rockefeller Interests as of January 1, 1932
| John D. Rockefeller Inner Group | |
|---|---|
| r railroad with assets of\$ | 2,200,900,000 |
| r other utility with assets of | 4,235,749,000 |
| 6 miscellaneous industrials, assets | 4,488,858,000 |
| Total, 8 corporations\$1 | 0,925,507,000 |
| John D. Rockefeller Outer Group | |
| 10 railroads with assets of\$ | 5,306,458,000 |
| 5 other utilities with assets of | 2,343,079,000 |
| 13 miscellaneous industrials, assets | 3,277,103,000 |
| Total, 28 corporations\$1 | 0,926,640,000 |
| Percy A. Rockefeller Family | |
| r railroad with assets of\$ | 174,321,000 |
| r other utility with assets of | 1,312,255,000 |
| 5 miscellaneous industrials | 1,739,594,000 |
| Total. 7 corporations\$ | 3,226,170,000 |
At least 36 large non-banking corporations with assets totaling about \$22 billion have some direct connection with the John D. Rockefeller interests. In the "Inner Group" we find five Standard Oil companies and three corporations whose directors include a member of the Rockefeller cabinet. In the "Outer Group" 28 companies are linked to Rockefeller through a Standard Oil official or a "Rockefeller" director of Chase National Bank. These 36 companies had about 27% of the assets of the "largest 200" group. The Percy A. Rockefeller family were active in seven other corporations, with 4% of the "largest 200" total assets.
But these "Rockefeller" companies include at least 13 in which the Morgan influence is stronger than the Rockefeller influence and six others in which the balance of power between the two groups is not clear. And it is apparent that except for the dominating Rockefeller position in the oil industry, the Rockefeller industrial empire remains secondary to the Morgan empire. No exact statistical measure of this is possible, but a rough comparison of their relative strength within the largest 200 non-banking corporations may be attempted. For this comparison we must eliminate from the Morgan totals given in the previous chapter all companies controlled by Rockefeller but indirectly linked with Morgan. And we must deduct from the Rockefeller totals any companies clearly controlled by Morgan. Those linked to both groups without clear indication of the dominant power are also deducted and shown separately.
Percentage of Assets of Largest 200 Non-Banking Corporations (as of January 1, 1932)
| Both, but | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| "Morgan" | "Rockefeller" | Indecisive | |
| Of railroads | 68% | 8% | |
| Of other utilities | 50% | 5% | 5% |
| Of miscellaneous industrials | 37% | 21% | 5% |
| Of total 200 | 51% | 11% | 3% |
These percentages are important only as rough indication of the relative industrial power of the two groups. They do not represent the total connections of either group. (For further data on Morgan-Rockefeller relationship, see Chapter V, page 73, and Appendix F, page 334.)
Rolling Up a Billion and a Half
Although the power of Rockefeller is almost certainly less than the power of the House of Morgan, Rockefeller wealth is clearly greater than the wealth of Morgan. In all such comparisons we are, of course, dealing with estimates, but estimates are possible because certain facts are public property and all available facts justify these broad basic comparisons.
The old Standard Oil Company, before the "dissolution" of the trust in 1911, was called the most perfect money-making machine in the world. In the first forty years of its existence (roughly) or up to 1908, the Standard Oil Company made more than \$1,200,000,000 of net profits. Approximately \$525,000,000 of this was plowed back into the corporation, according to John Moody and George K. Turner, writing in 1911.
The other fifty-five or sixty per cent of the profits have massed themselves...largely in the same half dozen hands that managed the great property.... From 1870...in all, a distribution of \$718,000,000 cash in forty years. Of this, John D. Rockefeller had approximately a quarter—practically \$180,000,000.
More important than this fortune which John D. had drawn from Standard Oil in dividends, giving him every year new tens of millions to invest in other enterprises, was the value of the Standard Oil stock which he held. In March, 1911, before the U. S. Supreme Court ordered the "dissolution" of the trust, Standard Oil stock was selling at over \$850 a share, and Rockefeller's personal holdings in Standard Oil were worth approximately \$225,000,000.12
The "dissolution" of the trust broke up the absolutely unified policy of the Standard Oil group, but it did not check the money-making progress of the principal companies. In fact, the twenty years after "dissolution" (1912 to 1931) their profits piled up almost in geometric progression. The leading 25 companies (including those few from which Rockefeller interest has been withdrawn) paid in that period cash dividends totaling \$2,727,500,000 (not counting some \$183,000,000 paid by subsidiary companies to their parent companies). Their combined capitalization was pushed up from \$244,127,000 (Dec. 31, 1911) to \$2,666,930,000 (Dec. 31, 1931) and over \$1,439,147,000, or 59 per cent of this increase was accomplished by stock dividends which capitalized part of the enormous accumulation of undistributed profits.
What this means may be illustrated by the history of 249,995 shares in Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey,—the number held by John D. Rockefeller in 1911 when the trust was "dissolved." This block of shares—entirely apart from shares in the 33 smaller companies set up separately at that time—has grown by a stock split-up in 1920 and a stock dividend in 1922 to 4,999,900 shares. They had a market value in December, 1911, of \$89,998,200. At the peak of the market in 1929 they were worth \$414,991,700 and on December 11, 1933, they were worth \$232,495,350. In twenty years (1912 to 1931) they paid dividends totaling \$129,997,399, that is, an average of \$17,800 a day. And even in 1933 they paid dividends of one dollar a share, or \$4,999,900 on this block, equal to \$13,700 a day. It is commonly believed that this block of shares has been kept intact by the Rockefeller interests—part of them still in the hands of the family and part in the treasuries of the Rockefeller institutions. 18
Although John D. Rockefeller has had only a minority interest in Standard Oil companies, there is no doubt that Standard Oil has been the major source of the wealth which placed him, and his son after him, at the head of the list in the United States and among the richest two or three men in the world
Before 1923, John D., senior, had transferred most of his fortune to his son (to avoid the inheritance taxes and the publicity involved in leaving a mammoth estate behind him). One flash of figures was permitted by the opening of federal income tax records in 1924 and 1925. These showed tax payments by John D. Rockefeller, Jr., amounting to \$7,435,169 in 1924 and \$6,277,669 in 1925. His father paid only \$124,266 and \$128,420.14
For an estimate of Rockefeller wealth, we turn to John D. Rockefeller's liberal biographer, John T. Flynn. Mr. Flynn states that when the elder John D. "retired" in 1806 (although he retained the presidency of Stand-
John D. Rockefeller, Jr., is still lord of the company union offensive which has been renewed for the undermining of workers' resistance in the present crisis-depression. He and his cohorts dominate the broad policies of Industrial Relations Counsellors, the chief agency giving advice on the technique of company unions and related schemes.
CHAPTER IV
THE MELLONS OF PITTSBURGH*
The Mellon group represents not only a well-developed fusion of banking and industry but the most obvious tie-up of finance capital with the capitalist state. Morgan and Rockefeller interests have had a controlling voice in political life but in the main they have left the holding of office and the managing of political machines to lieutenants who may not be immediately recognized as 'their servants. Andrew W. Mellon, on the other hand, having contributed liberally to the Harding campaign "accepted" a seat in Harding's notorious cabinet. As Secretary of the Treasury for ten years, Mellon openly manipulated tax policies for the benefit of the upper ranks of capitalists. Andrew's nephew, William L. Mellon, was for several years chairman of the State Republican Committee in Pennsylvania. The "Mellon machine" became about as notorious in corrupt Pennsylvania politics as the previous Penrose and Quay machines.
Beginnings of Mellon Wealth
Mellon wealth had its earliest roots in Pittsburgh real estate
* For the Mellon history the writer is greatly indebted to Harvey O'Connor and his book Mellon's Millions.
The panic of 1873 almost overwhelmed the bank and for a few months it suspended payments, but after the worst of the storm had passed the bank once more opened its doors. Meanwhile Thomas Mellon and his smart young sons were picking over the financial wreckage in Pittsburgh and by a ruthless foreclosure policy they gathered from the crisis many additions to their already considerable real estate holdings. About 1885 the elderly T. Mellon retired and Andrew became the head of the family and its most astute financier.
Andrew Mellon went through the motions of resigning from his banks and corporations when he entered the Treasury in 1920 but Harvey O'Connor in Mellon's Millions has assembled abundant evidence that while Andrew Mellon was in Washington he was consulted when important decisions were pending in the affairs of his aluminum trust. O'Connor tells, also, how the Mellon banks had arranged in 1931 to take over their tottering rival, the Bank of Pittsburgh, but before the deal could be put through Andrew must be consulted. Andrew, head of the U. S. Treasury, vetoed the proposition: Why take on such a responsibility? The depositors would shift to a Mellon bank, anyway!
But Andrew had built up a corps of smart administrators. The family affairs, closely guarded wherever possible from outsiders' prying eyes, were chiefly in the hands of his younger brother Richard (who died in 1933) and William L. Mellon, the son of his oldest brother. Associated with them are perhaps a dozen Mellon men, executives of their banks and most closely held corporations.
Their real estate in Pittsburgh includes much of the most valuable downtown property and before the crisis it was estimated as worth \$40,000,000.¹ Besides this, at least three large Pittsburgh hotels are under their financial control. Another important offshoot from their large real estate holdings has been the Mellon-Stuart Co., the leading firm of building engineers and contractors in Pittsburgh. And to keep in the family
Aluminum smelters have sought the cheapest possible source of power and to secure this, Aluminum Co. of America has had a strong minority interest in the development of Niagara Falls Power Co., which is now part of the great Morgan utility combine, Niagara Hudson Power Corp. The aluminum trust also owns more than half the stock of the Duke-Price Power Co., with its hydroelectric plant on the Saguenay River in Canada. Aluminum subsidiaries have developed a hydroelectric plant at Calderwood, Tennessee.
Mellon aluminum companies have reached far beyond the United States and Canada, acquiring valuable bauxite reserves in Dutch Guiana and British Guiana, in France and Yugoslavia, and plants in Norway, Switzerland, England, Germany and India. They have marketing agreements with and part ownership in all the important foreign aluminum companies, and their monopoly in the United States has been further buttressed by a tariff on imports of the refined metal. Aluminum Co. of America and the German chemical trust (I. G. Farbenindustrie, A.G.) jointly control Magnesium Development Co., which has exclusive American rights to the German trust's patents and processes for the use of magnesium.
About the same time that Andrew Mellon was beginning to develop his aluminum monopoly, his nephew William L. Mellon was starting a career in oil. With the family's backing, he went into producing in western Pennsylvania and West Virginia and built a network of more or less local pipe lines. Then in 1893 he built a \$2,500,000 pipe line across Pennsylvania to a refinery at Marcus Hook on the Delaware River. This pipe line challenged the Standard Oil's pipe line monopoly and was of such strategic importance in the Rockefeller scheme that the Mellon company was able to exact a profitably high price when two years later it sold the pipe line to Standard Oil.
Getting in on the ground floor in the rich new Texas fields and having Mellon wealth to provide tankers and build refineries, pipe lines, and a distributing and retailing system, this company from which developed the Gulf Oil Corp. was able to hold its own against the Rockefeller monopoly.
After the war, Standard Oil Co. of Indiana wanted to absorb Gulf Oil, but the Mellons stood out for \$800 a share and rejected the \$550 a share (to be paid in Standard of Indiana stock) which the Rockefeller company was willing to give.
Gulf Oil Corp. is to-day the second largest oil company in the United States outside of the Standard Oil group. It operates valuable properties in Venezuela and has a small share—with the Standard companies and
Quite early in the company's career, Guffey was crowded out in a way that roused his undying hatred of the Mellon family. Gulf Oil Corp., with its total resources valued at half a billion dollars (after depreciation is deducted) is believed to be nearly 90% owned by the Mellon family.
Other Industrial Interests
In addition to their dominant position in western Pennsylvania banking, traction and real estate, the Mellon family has had a considerable interest in steel. In December, 1899, about a year and a half before Morgan organized the U. S. Steel Corp., Andrew Mellon's intimate friend and ally Henry C. Frick had a bitter quarrel with Andrew Carnegie and withdrew from the Carnegie Steel Co. of which Frick had been chairman. Frick and Mellon together set up Union Steel Company as a rival to Carnegie's company and within a few years this was developed into a small but well rounded corporation, seriously annoying to the new steel trust. By threatening to build a rail mill, Mellon and Frick were able to sell Union Steel to the U. S. Steel Corp. on their own terms. The company had been capitalized at \$1,000,000 and had no bonded debt outstanding. After negotiations were begun, Union Steel increased its capital stock to \$20,000,000 and issued bonds for \$45,000,000. The merger gave the Mellon family no direct representation in U. S. Steel, except through their friend and ally Frick, who went into U. S. Steel and continued a director until his death in 1919. The Mellon interests are, however, supposed to hold a considerable minority block of U. S. Steel shares.
More important than this flyer in steel were Mellon ventures in heavy steel products. Their Forged Steel Wheel Co. was bought by American Rolling Mill Co. in 1927, and paid for in bonds and preferred stock in that company. Their Standard Steel Car Co. was absorbed in 1929 by Pullman, Inc. Their McClintic-Marshall Construction Company, which manufactures structural steel and erects bridges and steel work for buildings, was merged in 1931 with Bethlehem Steel Corp.
The family has also had for many years a minority interest in Crucible Steel Co., important in the growing field of alloyed steels, and in Pittsburgh Steel Co. Both of these minor steel companies are closely tied up with the Mellon banks. Related to steel is their interest in Harbison-Walker Refractories Co., largest manufacturer of fire brick.
Heinrich Koppers, a German technician who had come to the United States. When the United States entered the World War, the Mellons through the Alien Property Custodian secured the shares owned by Heinrich Koppers at a figure far below their market value. To-day, the original company that built by-product coke ovens is only one small subsidiary in a large group of companies which include coal mining (chiefly in West Virginia), manufacture of coke, distribution of the gas manufactured as a by-product of the coke plants, and manufacture of tar and its products. Koppers subsidiaries' coal mines, plus the coal mines owned by Massachusetts gas companies under Mellon control, plus Pittsburgh Coal Company, plus the coal mining subsidiaries of Mellon manufacturing companies, combine to make the Mellon bituminous coal interests second only to the bituminous interests of the U. S. Steel Corporation subsidiaries which among them have the largest coal producing capacity in the United States.
In municipal gas, besides this tangle of Koppers interests, the Mellon family controls Eastern Gas & Fuel Associates (New England); and Brooklyn Borough Gas Co. and Brooklyn Union Gas Co. Mellon is probably the strongest single group in the giant United States Electric Power Corp. which through a chain of subsidiaries has attached to itself the electric light and traction system of Pittsburgh.
Closely tied in with utilities are the electrical manufacturing companies. The Westinghouse companies were developed in Pittsburgh with Wall Street backing but for several years the Mellon family has been represented in both Westinghouse companies. With their increasing interest in electric utilities, the Mellons have also increased their holdings of Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. and since 1931 W. L. Mellon has been a member of its executive committee while at least two other Mellon men sit on the board of directors.
Other Mellon companies touch on the chemical industry. Their Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. has various chemical products. Through a subsidiary, Southern Alkali Corp., it is tied in with the American Cyanamid Co., a chemical company engaged in fixation of atmospheric nitrogen,—and in notorious lobbying for private operation of the government power plant at Muscle Shoals. George G. Allen who represents the dominant Duke interest in American Cyanamid is also a director of Aluminum Co. of America. H. C. McEldowney represented the Mellon group in American Enka Corp.,—a \$15,000,000 rayon company—until his death in 1935.
glue,
Mellon Power
In reviewing this impressive array of Mellon interests, we must guard against picturing them as the most powerful financial group in the United States. In 1925, Andrew W. Mellon and his brother Richard B. Mellon between them paid over \$3,000,000 of federal income tax, but this was less than half the taxes paid by John D. Rockefeller, Jr., and also considerably less than the total paid by Henry and Edsel Ford. Whether Mellon family wealth has since then pushed ahead of Rockefeller wealth, as some writers are inclined to believe, is certainly debatable. The basis for estimating Mellon wealth is even scantier than the basis for estimating Rockefeller wealth. At least, it is clear that the Mellon family belongs among the topmost three or four, so far as actual holdings and income are concerned.
So also in the field of banking. Mellon interests were represented until 1933 on the Morgan dominated Guaranty Trust Co. and Bankers Trust Company in New York City which ranked third and sixth respectively among commercial banks in the United States.* But the Mellon-controlled banks are not among the largest twenty. Even lumping together the deposits of Union Trust Company and its subsidiary, the Mellon National Bank, we find that these dominant Pittsburgh banks are out-distanced not only by 12 banks in New York City but by at least one bank in each of the four cities, Chicago, Boston, Los Angeles and San Francisco.
Attempting a statistical estimate of Mellon financial and industrial power we find the Mellon group dominant in about 35 banks and insurance companies and in about 40 non-financial corporations having combined total assets of \$4,250,000,000. This does not include the Mellon real estate holdings. The Mellon group is directly or indirectly represented—usually with a strong Wall Street group—in other banks and
* Bankers Trust had moved up to fifth in rank before Jan. 1, 1935.
Mellon Workers
Mellon companies have a hard and brutal policy with little pretense of philanthropy. The Mellon-dominated Pittsburgh Coal Co. was the first in Pennsylvania to break away in 1925 from their agreement with the United Mine Workers of America and to start the systematic drive of cutting coal mine wages. When a little group of Senators went to Pittsburgh for its official tour of Pennsylvania mine fields during the 1927-28 strike, Pittsburgh Coal sent its mine superintendents the following letter:
The company has mailed a spirited letter to each individual employee. If you know of any unsatisfactory condition in the company camps or bar-
racks, see that it is eliminated at once."
many Koppers coal mine interests.
O'Connor in Mellon's Millions' tells of Governor Pinchot's plan in the winter of 1931-32 for a state bond issue to raise funds for relief of the desperately needy unemployed workers in Pennsylvania. Pinchot was unable to persuade the wealthy Secretary of the Treasury to lend a million dollars at 4%, and as a matter of fact the proposition fell through. But while Pinchot was waiting to see Mellon about this matter, Mellon's secretary had shown the Governor some rare old paintings recently purchased for \$1,700,000.
Under the Democratic Roosevelt regime, the Bureau of Internal Revenue prepared a case against Andrew Mellon, Republican ex-Secretary of the Treasury, and offered public proof that he had defrauded the federal government of \$1,411,948.49 by manipulation of his properties—to create fake "losses"—and by concealment of \$5,000,000 of taxable income in connection with his income tax for the year 1931. Incidentally they revealed that Mellon had admitted income and capital profits amounting to \$10,890,485.40. The outcome of the case is still unsettled.
Of course, the Mellon family, far and away the wealthiest in Pittsburgh, has to come across with contributions in six figures for the community chest, but they notoriously do not meet the quotas assigned to them. Their companies expect workers with jobs to contribute for the relief of workers without jobs. And if funds fall short, well, after all, what can workers expect?
As yet Mellon sees no need of philanthropy or social insurance as a safeguard against revolution. Meantime, he is well satisfied with his career. The New York Times (January 20, 1929) quoted him as saying: "I would not exchange the period in which I have lived for any other in the world's history."
......
CHAPTER V
THE OLIGARCHY
Morgan and Rockefeller
Morgan and Rockefeller work together, as we have seen, in some of the largest corporations in the United States—notably in the Morgan-controlled American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and New York Central Railroad Co. and in Columbia Gas & Electric Corp. in which Morgan influence seems to dominate. Morgan has floated debentures (bonds) for Rockefeller's Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey), and Morgan's Bankers Trust Co. has long been represented by one of its vice-presidents on the Rockefeller Consolidation Coal Co. The Rockefeller Radio City real estate project in mid-town New York brought a new alliance, with Rockefeller's leading corporation representative, Bertram Cutler, joining the board of the Morgan-created Radio Corp.
that road. And when Harriman's fight for control of Northern Pacific became really hot, Schiff and his firm withdrew their support of Harriman, thereby helping to throw the victory to Morgan. "... They might make a foray against the House of Morgan, but war might mean their annihilation." Also Morgan had then, already, a definite interest in the Rockefeller-dominated National City Bank.
The latest open move against Morgan was taken in 1933 by W. W. Aldrich, brother-in-law of John D. Rockefeller, junior, who displaced a Morgan man, Wiggin, as head of the Chase National Bank soon after the Rockefeller family secured control of Chase in 1930. Aldrich demanded legislation which was passed by Roosevelt's special 1933 session of Congress. It forbade investment bankers to hold any directorship on a bank belonging to the Federal Reserve System except by special approval of the Federal Reserve Board; it forbade any man to be director of more than one commercial bank at a time; and it made it illegal for private bankers unsupervised by any banking authority to carry deposits. Boards of directors of banks were reduced to a legal maximum of twenty-five persons and, in the process of reorganizing the large board of the Chase National Bank, most of the Morgan lieutenants were dropped and voting control by Rockefeller directors was strengthened.
In this continuous tug-of-war the balance of power has not yet been shifted. Morgan's domain in which Rockefeller has no visible part represents at least \$48.4 billion of corporation assets (as of January 1, 1932), while the Rockefeller domain in which Morgan has no visible part represents at least \$15.3 billion of corporation assets. In their large overlapping territory we find \$29.6 billion of assets, about two-thirds of them under Morgan dominance.
Corporate Connections Traced (as of January 1, 1932)
| Morgan without Rockefeller | \$48,400,000,000 |
|---|---|
| Rockefeller without Morgan | 15,300,000,000 |
| Both Groups Represented | 29,600,000,000 |
| Morgan dominance\$19,300,000,000 | |
| Rockefeller dominance 5,800,000,000 | |
| Indecisive 4,500,000,000 |
These figures do not include real estate, but it is doubtful whether even the large Rockefeller real estate ventures would shift the balance toward the Rockefeller group. (For the companies linked to both groups, see Appendix F, p. 334.)
Coöperation seems to be as yet definitely stronger than rivalry in the relations between the Morgan and Mellon groups. They work together in several different fields. Some of their interests are in open competition, but in others (like Pullman, Inc., and Niagara Hudson Power Corp.) the conflict is not so apparent.
Mellon was in on the ground floor with Morgan in the great utility combine known as Niagara Hudson Power Corp. Mellon is represented on the United Gas Improvement Co., now Morgan-controlled, and on the Columbia Gas & Electric Corp., in which Morgan and Standard Oil are both interested. In recent years important Mellon companies have merged with the Morgan-dominated Pullman, Inc., and Bethlehem Steel Corp. These mergers have carried Mellon representation into the management, and have meant an actual share in control of Pullman. Mellon and Morgan are jointly interested in the so-called Barco oil concession in Colombia. In electrical manufacturing, the Mellon interests were represented on Morgan's General Electric Co. until the death of H. C. Mc-Eldowney in 1935. They are strong in Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co., which has in recent years been identified with Kuhn, Loeb & Co., and Rockefeller, and not with Morgan.
Mellon men have never been on the topmost board of the New York Central Railroad Co., but they are an important factor on the boards of New York Central subsidiaries running into Pittsburgh.
And, most important, the Mellon family has a minority representative on the Pennsylvania Railroad. Andrew Mellon's son-in-law, D. K. E. Bruce, was recently added to the board of Union Pacific Railroad. These are the largest two railroad systems which function without benefit of Morgan
How competition continues or new competition develops between financial groups along with close coöperation in certain fields is sharply emphasized by the relations of Morgan and Mellon to the new rivalry between steel and aluminum. Morgan and, to a much smaller degree, Mellon are heavily committed in steel and in certain manufacturing industries which have been the chief consumers of steel. Morgan especially stands to lose if aluminum comes into general use for railway cars, automobile bodies, and bridge and building construction. But Mellon's aluminum trust, in which Morgan has no visible direct participation, will grow enormously and will pour still greater profits into Mellon's hands, compensating Mellon but not Morgan, insofar as aluminum displaces steel.
Rockefeller and Mellon
Outside of companies in which Morgan is the dominant power, the joint interests of Mellon and the John D. Rockefeller group are limited to three companies.
Mellon's Gulf Oil Corp. as an "independent" competitor of Standard Oil functions with a certain measure of friendly agreement with Standard Oil companies in the United States and a small joint interest in the Near East Development Corp. in Iraq.
United Light & Power Co., in which the Mellon group has a considerable minority interest, passed in 1933 under Rockefeller control, when the Chase National Bank acquired the dominant block of shares (42% of the voting stock).
And we have noted the entrance of Rockefeller interests in Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. in which Mellon holds a strong position.
Otherwise there appears to be no Mellon interest in any company, financial or industrial, dominated by the John D. Rockefeller group.
But Percy A. Rockefeller and Mellon have been jointly interested in the relatively small American Enka Corp.
Principal Secondary Groups
All other financial groups in the United States are distinctly secondary to these outstanding three. A few, like the Mellon group but on smaller scale, have at the same time an independent interest in some field or fields of activity, and a considerable measure of coöperation with the inner Wall Street powers. We shall review briefly the most important of these secondary groups which represent the fusion of banking and industrial capital.
Kuhn, Loeb & Co. is an investment banking house started in 1867, which grew rich in the earlier years through the importing of German capital for the railroads of the southwest. Through the Warburg family, it has been for many years loosely connected with a much older private
banking house in Hamburg. But Kuhn, Loeb & Co. was exceedingly patriotic in its Americanism during the World War, and afterwards the firm took on Sir William Wiseman, who had been during the war a special agent of the British government in the United States.*
Although Jacob H. Schiff, leading partner in the pre-war years, backed E. H. Harriman and William Rockefeller, Morgan and the Kuhn, Loeb firm have long had a sort of gentlemen's agreement to respect each other's territory in the railroad world. (See above, p. 72.) Railroad securities are still the firm's chief material and several roads have continued to be known as Kuhn, Loeb roads. Practically all of them except Union Pacific, and Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific have now some link also to the Morgan interests.
In 1929, Kuhn, Loeb took a step that was not only independent of Morgan but directly opposed to Morgan when the firm helped to organize Pennroad Corp. This holding company was set up by Pennsylvania Railroad interests to evade the restrictions of the Interstate Commerce Commission and block the expansion plans of the Morgan-Van Sweringen combination. But a tid-bit was given to the Morgan group in the form of 6,000 shares of Pennroad at an inside price.
Kuhn, Loeb partners hold few directorships and exercise their influence in non-financial corporations chiefly through giving technical financial advice. But by a long-established relationship they are a definite power not only in several railroads but in a few other companies, including Western Union Telegraph Co., Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. (with Mellon, and now with Rockefeller also), U. S. Rubber Co. (now with duPont), and Hudson & Manhattan R.R. Co., which operates rapid transit from New York to Newark.
The firm has been represented on Chemical Bank & Trust Co. (New York) and on Bank of the Manhattan Co. Paul M. Warburg, brilliant brother of Felix M. Warburg and father of James M. Warburg, resigned from his Kuhn, Loeb partnership in 1914 to be one of the chief executives in organizing the new Federal Reserve System. After leaving the Federal Reserve he created the International Acceptance Bank which has since been merged with the Bank of the Manhattan Co.
Kuhn, Loeb & Co. early entered the game of exporting American capital. In 1904 they floated bonds for the Japanese government to support the war against Tsarist Russia. Since the World War, Kuhn, Loeb & Co. have had a considerable part in the floating of foreign bonds in the United States, but the total foreign issues which they originated amounted to less than one-third of the total foreign issues originated by the House of Morgan.4
* Employed by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. since 1921; partner since 1929. (Time, July 3, 1933.)
sale of new bond issues totaling \$1,316,275,000; during the same period J. P. Morgan & Co. and Drexel & Co. were syndicate heads in new bond
issues totaling \$2,197,074,000.5
Otto H. Kahn, the partner who testified for this banking house before the Senate committee investigating stock exchange practices in June, 1933, stated that
...it has long been our policy and our effort to get our clients...by an attempt to establish a reputation which would make clients feel that if they have a problem of a financial nature, Dr. Kuhn, Loeb & Co. is a pretty good doctor to go to.6
This reputation had been considerably shaken by the early default of a 90-million dollar Chilean bond issue (sponsored in the United States by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co., jointly), and by the collapse of Pennroad Corp., which had bought its railroad stock at the peak of the market in 1929. Of course there is no real difference in standards among the several leading capitalists. It happens, however, that Kuhn, Loeb & Co. had also taken the lead in the reorganization of Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific Railway, which was exposed in The Investor Pays, by Max Lowenthal. This book is an excellent liberal analysis of the way in which big capitalists utilize a receivership or a bankruptcy to make profits for themselves at the expense of the small capitalist.
Old Boston Houses. The Pujo Report on the Money Trust (in 1913) said of Lee, Higginson & Co. and Kidder, Peabody & Co.:
Closely allied, and indeed related to this inner group, (i.e. Morgan) practically as partners in many of their larger financial enterprises, are the powerful international banking houses of Lee, Higginson & Co. and Kidder, Peabody & Co., with three affiliated banks in Boston—the National Shawmut Bank, the First National Bank and the Old Colony Trust Co.—having at least more than half of the total resources of all the Boston banks; also with interests and representation in other important New England financial institutions.
Since before the Civil War Lee, Higginson & Co. have been closely tied up with the development of New England industry and banking. Later they were associated with Morgan in U. S. Steel Corp. and American Telephone & Telegraph Co., but since the World War Lee, Higginson & Co. have drifted further from the Morgan firm. They have developed several independent industrial ties involving active competition with Morgan companies and including E. G. Budd Manufacturing Co. (with Brown Bros.) and Nash Motors, Wheeling Steel, Lima Locomotive, and Otis Elevator. They played in with Percy Rockefeller in three of his companies: American Enka Corp. (also Mellon), Air Reduction Co., and Remington Arms (until it merged with duPont in 1933).
It is characteristic of capitalist confusion that while Lee, Higginson played the Rockefeller game they were also the chief American bankers for the great Rockefeller enemy, Deterding, and subsidiaries of his Royal Dutch-Shell.
During the six years, 1927 to 1932 inclusive, the Lee, Higginson firm was syndicate head for floating \$759,818,000 of new bond issues and participated to an unstated amount in other bond issues totaling \$3,231,832,000.8
The collapse of Kreuger and the exposure of his exceptional crookedness was a severe blow to Lee, Higginson & Co. The chances are against their extending their independent power. But even before the Kreuger revelations, Lee, Higginson & Co. had been losing their importance, with the relative decline of New England industry. They had dropped into a distinctly secondary place, active chiefly as allies in certain Morgan and Rockefeller affairs.
ruptcy and was saved only by a drastic reorganization.
operating elsewhere but built up by New England capital—United Fruit, U. S. Smelting & Refining, Calumet & Hecla (the bonanza copper company of an earlier day), and New England Fuel & Transportation (recently brought under Mellon's Eastern Gas & Fuel Associates). The bank has had also strong cross ties with General Electric Co. and American Telephone & Telegraph Co., both directly dominated by Morgan. Of course, New England railroads and utilities and many of the industrial corporations have also their own direct links with Wall Street. The position of the First National Bank of Boston resembles that of a trusted and powerful provincial council operating within the great Morgan empire.
Brown Bros., Harriman & Co. was created on January 1, 1931, by a merger of Brown Bros. & Co., the oldest banking group in the United States, with two firms set up since the World War by the sons of E. H. Harriman.* The merger created an important new unit in the fusion of banking and industrial capital. Both the Browns and the Harrimans brought to the new firm a strong tradition of imperial finance along with
a large measure of independence.
Alexander Brown & Sons is notable to-day chiefly as the banking house which has headed a syndicate for floating over a billion dollars worth of Federal Farm Loan bonds since these were first issued in 1017.
The American houses played a large part in the early development of American capitalism, backing the first railroad (Baltimore & Ohio) in the late 1820's and the first American-owned line of transatlantic steamships in 1847. They participated with Morgan and Kidder, Peabody in the reorganization of the Reading Railroad in 1887.
*These Harriman interests were distinct from the now defunct Harriman National Bank & Trust Co. Under the Banking Act of 1933, the Brown-Harriman group set up two separate firms: Brown Bros. Harriman & Co. became a private commercial bank; Brown Harriman & Co., Inc., became investment bankers.
definite imperialist control over that country. With others, including Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co., Brown Bros. set up in 1915 a special group of banks (later absorbed by the Royal Trust Co. of Canada) to finance Latin-American trade. They participated, with Morgan, in several important war loans, but since the war the house has played a relatively minor role in the exporting of American capital, initiating only a quarter of a billion dollars of foreign bond issues. They are linked to commercial banks in New York and Philadelphia which have only indirect connections with Morgan interests. Their strongest post-war financial connection seems to have been the direct links of the American house with some of the largest British insurance companies.
E. H. Harriman, in his day the most powerful rival of J. P. Morgan in the field of railroad control, dreamed of building a transportation system that would circle the globe. When he died in 1909 he had steamships on the Pacific but his intrigues with the Japanese for joint exploitation of Manchuria and the building of Manchurian railways had failed to bring results. His sons, whose firms have now merged with Brown Bros., still have large holdings in Union Pacific Railroad, Illinois Central Railroad, Delaware & Hudson Co., and Western Union Telegraph Co., in all of which they are closely associated with Kuhn, Loeb & Co. They are said to be "heavily interested" in the Morgan-dominated Southern Railway and in the Texas & Pacific Railway, now controlled by the Missouri Pacific Railroad of the Van Sweringen (Morgan) system. Their interests were dominant in Aviation Corp. They have shipbuilding interests through the American Ship & Commerce Corp. The new firm, Brown Bros. Harriman & Co., secured in 1933 a foothold in Columbia Broadcasting System, nation-wide rival of the Morgan-Rockefeller National Broadcasting Co.
W. A. Harriman was one of the first American capitalists to seek new industrial opportunities in the disorganized countries of Europe in the early post-war years. He also negotiated for mineral concessions in Soviet Russia, but these did not materialize. The most important Harriman interest in Europe is held jointly with the Anaconda Copper Mining Co. and Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co. They control the Silesian Holding Co., whose subsidiaries have metal mines, chemical works, and coal reserves in Polish Silesia.
Potter, chief executive of the Guaranty Trust, is active in the Harriman-Anaconda Silesian Holding Co.
Hayden, Stone & Co. appears with Morgan in a few important companies, including Kennecott Copper Corp.; International Nickel Co. of Canada, Ltd.; Intercontinental Rubber Co., holding rubber lands in Mexico and Sumatra; Carib Syndicate, holding a minority interest in the Barco oil concession in Colombia; American Locomotive Co.; Electric Power & Light Co. (of the Electric Bond & Share group); and Interborough Rapid Transit Co., New York. He is also an important director of Brooklyn-Manhattan Transit Corp., in which Rockefeller interest is probably stronger than Morgan interest.
Through their holdings in Cuban sugar, in Pan-American Airways and Curtiss-Wright Corp., in the Agwi group of steamship lines, in rubber, cement and oil, this banking firm has a strong interest in Latin America.
Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Unlike the groups already mentioned, these two banking houses (which frequently work together) have relatively minor interests in heavy industry and raw materials. But they combine the underwriting and selling of industrial stocks and bonds with active participation in the management of a great number of companies in retail trade and in several branches of light industry. They have also held important directorships in New York commercial banking.
Like the Mellon family, the Lehman family have been personally active in government. Herbert H. Lehman was a partner in the banking house until he became lieutenant governor in New York State under Franklin D. Roosevelt. When Roosevelt moved up to the White House, Lehman became governor of New York. Another brother, remaining out-
side of the banking house, has been a judge for many years and is now in the highest court of New York State. A third brother, a partner in the banking firm, did his bit for the capitalist class by serving as "umpire" in the New York City garment trades.
Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs have developed their financial power in fields formerly neglected by the big inner financial groups, but in a few companies we find one or both of them involved along with Hayden, Stone, or Chase National Bank, or National City Bank. Overlapping of interest with the inner Morgan group is very slight, though this does occur in three New York banks (Manufacturers Trust, Corn Exchange, and Marine Midland) and in R.K.O., National Union Radio Corp., and Associated Dry Goods Co. Also, less directly with Morgan interests, in American Metal Co., Ltd., and a few smaller companies. Two or three of their concerns are sharply competing with Morgan interests. For example, their Sears, Roebuck & Co. with Morgan's Montgomery Ward & Co., and their Continental Can Co. with Morgan's American Can Co.
Lehman Brothers, without Goldman, Sachs & Co., have two important interests in Latin America. Jointly with National Lead Co., which is close to Rockefeller, they control Patino Mines & Enterprises Consolidated, the big tin company in Bolivia. And along with several other groups they are active in Pan American Airways,* which has the monopoly of air transport between the United States and Latin America.
Lehman seems to be the strongest group in the Kimberly Clark Corp., a paper company controlling jointly with the New York Times the Spruce Falls Power & Paper Co., Ltd., which supplies the paper used by the Times
Both Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs & Co. have been hit by the crisis. Goldman, Sachs had built up during the boom a string of investment trusts which were among the first financial organizations to crash after the collapse of the stock market in 1929. The survivors were acquired by Atlas Utilities Corp. (now Atlas Corp.), a growing investment trust indirectly but clearly within the Morgan sphere of influence. The firm has also been pushed out from its one important steel connection, Sloss-Sheffield Steel & Iron Co., operating in the Birmingham area, and—along with Hayden, Stone & Co.—withdrew from Warner Brothers Pictures. But it was able to build up a few new banking connections by absorbing in 1932 A. A. Hathaway & Co., an old established house important in the field of discounting commercial paper. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the only New York group represented on the Minneapolis-Moline Power Implement Co., with which the NRA General Johnson had formerly been identified.
Lehman Brothers had better luck with its investment trust whose assets are within 19% of their original total in 1929. But one of their most important connections in the garment industry, Fashion Park Associates, Inc. (which included Weber & Heilbronner, Brokaw Brothers, and Stein
*Lehman Brothers are also interested in Transcontinental & Western Air., Inc.
Either one alone or both together they are active in the following
Shoes and leather, through Brown Shoe Co., Inc., Endicott Johnson Corp., Florsheim Shoe Co., and Amalgamated Leather Companies, Inc.
Shirts and underwear, through Cluett, Peabody & Co., Inc., Manhattan Shirt Co., Phoenix Hosiery Co., Robert Reis & Co., Munsingwear, Inc., A. Stein & Co.
Drugs and cosmetics, through Merck & Co.; Inc., McKesson & Robbins (largest drug wholesaler in the country), Coty, Inc., Lehn & Fink Products Co., and Lambert Co. (of listerine-halitosis fake advertising fame).
Food, through General Foods Corp., United Biscuit Co. of America and Pillsbury Flour Mills, Inc.
Glass, through Libbey-Owens-Ford
Publishing, through Conde Nast Publications, Inc., and Cuneo Press, Inc. Auto accessories, through Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Corp.
The Lehman family is linked by marriage with the banking house of Lazard Frères; Frank Altschul, head of Lazard, is the brother of Mrs. Herbert H. Lehman. Arthur Lehman's son-in-law, Benjamin J. Buttenwieser, is one of the younger partners in Kuhn, Loeb & Co.
Other Big Capitalists
viduals carry on a large volume of business which represents the fusion of banking and industry, but they are limited in scope, operating only in some one field (notably utilities) or in some one section of the country. Practically, also, most of them have had to tie in with one or another of the big dominant powers. Outstanding names in this category include Halsey Stuart & Co. in Chicago who backed Insull; Stone & Webster and Blodgett whose utilities chain has been linked also with Lee, Higginson & Co., Chase National Bank, and, indirectly, with Morgan; W. C. Langley & Co., coöperating in some projects with the Bonbright & Co. utility front of the Morgan group; H. M. Byllesby & Co., who control jointly with the Mellon group the United States Electric Power Corp.; and the Fleishhacker and Crocker groups in San Francisco who have diversified interests on the Pacific coast. The Fleishhacker interests now work apparently in alliance with the Standard Oil Co. of California, and they are believed to carry a large share of responsibility for the frame-up of Tom Mooney, who organized workers of their traction companies.
(2) A few large banking groups seem to have remained outside of industry, content to make money by floating government bonds and industrial securities but seldom becoming the dominant force in a non-banking corporation. Kuhn, Loeb & Co., as we have seen, claim to operate in this way, and the difference between Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and such houses as Speyer & Co., J. & W. Seligman & Co., and Lazard Frères, may be partly a difference in volume of business. But the long-established relationship maintained by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. with a few of the major corporations in the country seems to put the Kuhn, Loeb house in a different category, among those representing the fusion of banking and industrial capital.
Henry Ford, head of the largest family-owned corporation in the United
The Guggenheim family, controlling American Smelting & Refining, jointly with Morgan controlling Kennecott Copper Corp., and alone the strongest group in the international Chilean nitrate trust which was smashed by the crisis.
The Vanderbilt family, who function on several railroad boards but who operate quietly within the Morgan domain.
The Weyerhaeuser family in the northwest, who have their private empire in lumber but work with the Morgan group on the two Northern railroads.
John D. Ryan (until his death in 1933) and Cornelius F. Kelley, heads of the giant Anaconda Copper Mining Co., tied in with the Percy Rockefeller interests, the National City Bank and Morgan's Guaranty: Trust Co.
& Co
The Duke Estate, which was built up from the old American Tobacco Co. before the "dissolution" of the tobacco trust in 1911 and is now a power in British-American Tobacco Co. and in utilities and has struck up an alliance with the Mellon interests.
E. J.: Berwind and his associates who have large bituminous coal properties and a considerable share in the export of coal to Central America and who jointly with Hayden, Stone & Co. control the Atlantic, Gulf & West Indies Lines, jointly with the old National City Bank crowd had holdings in Cuban railroads, and jointly with Morgan are interested in the International Telephone & Telegraph Co. and the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway.
Active power, controlling banks, industry and government, is centered
Rulers of America
in a narrow inner oligarchy made up of the leaders in the strongest financial groups and their close associates. The inner oligarchy exercises its power through other groups—some of them close allies without independent interests, some of them frankly responsible lieutenants, but more of them semi-independent capitalists operating in their various fields with a measure of flexibility and free initiative, subject always to interference and deliberate destruction if their "independence" threatens the interests of the overlords.
Just as among the three innermost groups, so in the broader reaches of industry and banking where Morgan-Rockefeller-Mellon control is indirect and potential rather than immediate and active, there is constant interplay of competition and agreement, a reaching after special privilege and monopoly, while every man and every group seek to win for themselves the largest possible share of the market, the highest possible profits, and the weakening of all their competitors.
-------------------------------------
CHAPTER VI
GUIDING THE STREAMS OF CAPITAL
A "MONEY TRUST" "able to dictate the credits that shall be extended or withheld from the more important and conspicuous business enterprises" was pictured in 1913 in the so-called Pujo Report issued by a congressional committee. Smaller bankers and business men who were being crushed under the "money trust" steam roller were unable to check its progress and concentration of banking power has increased since 1913. One index of this increase appears in the fact that the largest ten commercial banks in New York City had in 1913 about 6% of the total deposits in the United States while by the end of 1934 they had more than 20% of the total. But this by no means tells the whole story of concentration in commercial banking, and commercial banking is only one part of the financial picture.
Big Commercial Banks
Commercial banks are privately owned profit-making institutions for providing short-term credit and receiving deposits. In 1921, after the expansion of the war boom years, 29,236 commercial banks were operating in the United States and its outlying possessions.* The number began to shrink during the economic crisis of 1921-22. Then throughout the prosperity boom small rural banks were failing and strong city banks were merging. These trends pulled down the total number of banks. The economic crisis which began in 1929 cut them even more sharply. In 1934 about 49 out of every 100 commercial banks operating in 1921 had disappeared, but 15,000 were still in operation. This offers a sharp contrast to the Big Five banks in Great Britain, the Big Three of Canada, and the handful of "great banks" in France and Germany. But behind this apparently scattered and highly competitive banking situation in the United States there exist several elements of centralized monopoly control.
First we note the important fact that the largest ten banks (six in New York City, two in Chicago, one in California, and one in Boston) hold nearly one-fourth (24%) of the total deposits in the country. At
the top of the list stand three New York banks (Chase National, National City, and Guaranty Trust) each carrying over one billion dollars of deposits and together holding over 10% of the total deposits in the United States.
Next after the leading ten banks, with their 24% of the total deposits, come 41 other banks in the more than \$100,000,000 deposit class. Aggregate deposits of these 51 banks account for 46% of the total deposits. (These figures do not include savings banks.)
New York City banks have an important strategic advantage in the fact that for all stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange the corporations must have a transfer agent and a registrar in New York City. These functions are usually performed by banks. Also in relation to foreign trade and the business of American corporations producing goods in foreign countries, a position of special privilege has been held by the few banks at the top of the list in New York and Boston which maintain foreign branches and do not have to transact all foreign business through correspondent banks.
Large city banks have considerable power over smaller banks. A few have one or two smaller banking affiliates as, for example, National City Bank of New York controls the City Bank Farmers Trust Company. Several are the dominant units in groups of banks held together as subsidiaries of a holding company.* Besides groups which include a large bank there are many other groups of small and medium-sized banks tied together as subsidiaries of a holding company or all controlled by some enterprising capitalist. But most of the groups are small.
Most important as a factor in concentration of control in commercial banking is the community of interest among banks that operate as sepa-
*Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, San Francisco (4th on the list of commercial banks) is the chief banking unit in the Giannini group controlled by Transamerica Corp. which includes also the much smaller Bank of America, a California state bank, and the First National Bank of Portland, Oregon.
Marine Trust Co., Buffalo (35th on the list), is a subsidiary of the Marine Midland Corp. which controls 21 smaller banks in New York State, including Marine Midland Trust Co. of New York City.
Wisconsin Bankshares Corp. controlling 39 banks in Wisconsin is represented on the \$100,000,000 bank list by the First Wisconsin National Bank, Milwaukee.
First Bank Stock Corp. controlling 96 banks in Minnesota and four other states has two subsidiaries in the \$100,000,000 group: First National Bank & Trust Co., Minneapolis, and First National Bank, St. Paul.
Northwest Bancorporation's 119 commercial bank subsidiaries include Northwestern National Bank and Trust Co., Minneapolis.
New York. The Morgan firm is directly represented by Morgan partners on the boards of three incorporated commercial banks in New York City. Two partners are on Guaranty Trust Co. (3rd largest bank in the United States); three are on Bankers Trust Co. (5th largest); and two are on New York Trust Co. No Morgan partner is now on the First National Bank of the City of New York, but the fact of a large Morgan interest is common knowledge. The chairman, George F. Baker, is son of the first George F. Baker who as president and chairman of this bank was for 50 years a recognized ally of the Morgan firm. All the directors are either officials of the bank itself or of corporations controlled by the Morgan group.* Morgan influence is dominant in these four banks, although Standard Oil is also represented on the New York Trust Co.
Rockefeller interests have since 1930 controlled Chase National Bank, the largest in the United States. They are represented on the Title Guarantee & Trust Co. The Pratt family (of Standard Oil) seems to be the strongest factor in Brooklyn Trust Co. Indirectly both Rockefeller and Morgan are represented on Manufacturers Trust Co. and Bank of New York & Trust Co.
Other New York commercial banks on which Morgan is indirectly represented include Central Hanover Bank & Trust Co., Irving Trust Co., Chemical Bank and Trust Co., Marine Midland Trust Co. of New York
* J. P. Morgan and Thomas W. Lamont were directors of the First National Bank's twin company, First Security Co. of the City of New York, until this was liquidated under the Banking Act of 1933.
** Charles D. Dickey, who became a Morgan partner January 1, 1932, was until 1934 a director of National City's affiliate, City Bank Farmers Trust Co.
. Bank of the Manhattan Co. (6th largest commercial bank in New York) is closely tied with Kuhn, Loeb & Co.
Philadelphia. Until the changes of 1933-34, Morgan partners were on three of the largest four Philadelphia banks: Pennsylvania Co. (1), Girard Trust Co. (2), and Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co. (1); also on three smaller commercial banks in Philadelphia. This direct influence was supplemented by indirect influence through Morgan interests in anthracite coal, railroads, telephones, and utilities, and through personal connections (for example, bank officials on the Morgan favored lists). Such indirect connections persist. It cannot be assumed that the withdrawal of Morgan partners removes these banks from Morgan influence.
Boston. Through the telephone trust and General Electric Co., Morgan interests are tied in with the First National Bank of Boston, dominating unit of New England capitalism and the ninth largest bank in the United States. Mellon interests are also represented.
Pacific Coast. In actual size, the largest banks on the Pacific Coast are the Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association (Giannini) and the Security-First National Bank of Los Angeles, which seem to operate outside of the Morgan and Rockefeller spheres of influence. Giannini is said to be close to Hearst. More closely tied in with railroads, shipping, and utilities are the Fleishhacker and Crocker banks in San Francisco. The Anglo-California National Bank (Fleishhacker) is very strong through its connection with Standard Oil of California and with the biggest shipping interests in San Francisco, which in their turn are interlocked with the Morgan shipping trust on the Atlantic. A large interest in American Trust Co. of San Francisco (which is linked to Hearst) passed during the crisis from Goldman, Sachs to the Atlas Corp., an investment trust operating within the Morgan sphere of influence.
٠
own board of directors (selected by the management of the top company which controls the subsidiary) and including leading bankers and industrialists of the region. Railroads and utilities also expect to have local banking representation. The various Standard Oil companies and their subsidiaries cover the country. All such corporations serve as tentacles of the great Wall Street Octopus pulling together into a genuine—though invisible—centralization all the principal units in the banking structure.
Personal favors also play a considerable role. Bank officials might be accommodated by loans if the Morgan firm regarded them as "good, sound, straight fellows." So Charles E. Mitchell, whose "good, sound, straight" dealings as chairman of the National City Bank caused a major scandal, was revealed at the Senate hearings in 1933 as personally owing the Morgan firm and individual partners a total running well above a hundred thousand dollars. And "favored lists" of those to whom the Morgan and Drexel firms offered blocks of stock at inside prices, giving opportunity for large profits on the stock market, included not only officials of all the banks on which a Morgan partner was a director but officials of more than 40 other banks scattered from the Atlantic coast to Denver, Colorado.
Underwriting and selling of bonds and stocks is a business distinct from the trade in short-term credit with which commercial banks are primarily concerned. But there has always been a certain overlapping of interest, and for several years before the crisis all the larger commercial banks either directly or through investment affiliates were active in investment banking for the large profits it provided. Eight commercial banks (including the largest three in the United States) were included in the list of syndicate heads each of which floated more than \$100,000,000 of new bond issues during the six years 1927-1932. These syndicates headed by commercial banks or their subsidiaries floated about 42% of the total new bond issues, but the larger share—58% was floated under the leadership of private investment firms.
The purpose of the following table is to show the principal groups active in investment banking during the height of the "prosperity" boom, before the crisis had seriously checked the expansion of capital investment. The Wall Street Journal table on which it is based includes the three years after 1929, but actually the total investment of those years was negligible in comparison with the billions poured into industry during the boom.
LEADING BANKS AND BANKERS HEADING SYNDICATES FOR THE SALE OF NEW BOND ISSUES DURING SIX YEARS, 1927-1932
| Morgan group (J. P. Morgan & Co., Drexel & Co., Bonbright | • |
|---|---|
| & Co., Guaranty Co., First National Bank, Bankers | |
| Trust Co.) | \$4,756,500,000 |
| Chase National Bank group (including Harris, Forbes & Co., | |
| merged with Chase Securities in 1931) | 3,231,200,000 |
| National City Co. 4 | 1,997,100,000 |
| Halsey Stuart & Co. (backers of Insult) | 1,696,700,000 |
| Kuhn, Loeb & Co. group (including International Manhat- | |
| tan Co.) | 1,603,900,000 |
| Dillon, Read & Co. | 1,132,100,000 |
| Lee, Higginson & Co. (backers of Kreuger) | 759,800,000 |
| Bancamerica-Blair | 730,400,000 |
Together these leading groups dominated the floating of more than 60% of the new bond issues of this six-year period. The Morgan group were syndicate heads for about one-fifth of the total volume (19%); Chase National Bank group, about 13%; National City Bank about 8%. But as we have noted (Chapter V) there is always much interplay of interest, and these figures understate the part played by these three groups. The list shows their activities as "syndicate heads"; it does not attempt to show the way in which leading banking houses bring each other into these temporary syndicates, or their relation to the scores of smaller banks and the hundreds of security dealers throughout the country.
Each group in the pyramid passes on the bonds or the stock to the group below it at a price higher than it had to pay. The wide "spread" between the price actually allowed to the corporation or the government by the original banker and the price at which the outside capitalist buys the securities is distributed in these successive discounts among all the intermediate firms. The nearer they are to the top of the pyramid the cheaper the bankers themselves can take for their own investment—and offer to an inside circle of their friends and lieutenants—the choicest offerings in the capital market.
Investment bankers urge that competitive bidding deprives the corporation of valuable financial advice and continuity of service on the part of the investment banking firm most familiar with the background of the corporation. In this connection it is well to observe that competitive bidding has a tendency to reduce the bankers' "spread." 4 (My emphasis.—A.R.)
Tied in with investment banking is the stock exchange for trading in stocks and bonds. Exchanges exist in several cities but the New York Stock Exchange is the most important stock trading center in the United States. In the capitalist picture of Wall Street, the stock exchange is described as a public market place necessary for the buying and selling of securities. Actually, it is a private, closely owned concern, to which the public has access only through employing a member firm, and memberships were bought for more than half a million dollars during the great post-war boom. Even in 1933 memberships were bought at prices ranging from \$00,000 to \$250,000.
Most of the trading is carried on with borrowed money. J. P. Morgan & Co., Morgan commercial banks, other commercial banks and individuals and industrial corporations with large cash reserves made large profits from their loans to brokers which totaled over \$8 billion at the height of the boom. And much of the trading reflects a manipulation of prices by insiders and professional speculators. They deliberately rig the market against small capitalists who venture into the Wall Street game.
Controlling the Outlets for Security Issues
Having undertaken to float a bond issue—at considerable profit to themselves—investment bankers and commercial banks active in this field were not entirely dependent on their syndicate associates and the pyramids of smaller banking houses and retail security dealers as an outlet for the bonds they had underwritten. They exercised some measure of direct control over several important sections of the security market.
And it is not unselfish concern for the widows and children of de-
ceased exploiters which leads banks and trust companies to build up the business of serving as trustees for estates, for child-capitalists, and for grown-ups who prefer to play polo or bask on a Florida beach rather than to manage their own investments. Published reports of individual banks are usually silent about this important activity, but the City Bank Farmers Trust Co. told its stockholders in January, 1933, that it was managing \$3,657,000,000 of capital for individuals and estates. National banks operating trust departments reported to the Comptroller of the Currency an aggregate of \$6,311,700,000 of individual trust assets under their control June 30, 1933.
Mutual savings banks offer another important outlet for the so-called "higher" grade of bonds. About one-fourth of the total \$9.7 billion deposits in mutual savings banks are in the largest ten banks, all of them located in New York, Brooklyn, or Philadelphia. The Morgan firm is directly represented on two of these (Philadelphia Savings Fund and Bank for Savings, New York) and indirectly on another two (Bowery and Dry Dock). National City Bank is represented on three (Emigrant Industrial, Williamsburgh and East River). Central Savings Bank includes Peter Grimm, who is believed to work closely with Rockefeller real estate interests.
Also beyond these first ten savings banks we find Morgan partners on the Western Saving Fund Society, Philadelphia, and definite but indirect Morgan representation on Franklin Savings, New York, and Howard Savings, Newark. Seamen's, New York, includes a representative of the National City Bank. Union Dime Savings, New York, is linked with Chase National and Metropolitan Life, both representing Rockefeller interests.
Insurance companies provide the most important large-scale market for bonds and here the centralization of resources and the interlocking with big capital are most marked. Total assets of life insurance companies were estimated at \$20.7 billion at the end of 1932. Another \$2.7 billion were held by other types of insurance companies (fire, marine, casualty, indemnity, etc.) *
*Insurance companies held about 22% of railroad bonds, 35% of public utility bonds, 35% of industrial corporation bonds, and 22% of farm mortgages in the United States according to an article in Fortune, May, 1931.
Of these ten life insurance companies, nine with aggregate resources estimated at about \$14 billion are indirectly but definitely linked with the leading Wall Street groups. None of these largest companies includes a Morgan partner among its trustees, and only the Equitable Life Assurance Society includes one of the Rockefeller "cabinet." But Morgan has clear indirect representation on every one of the ten companies except the John Hancock Mutual Life. And Rockefeller interests are also indirectly represented on three: Metropolitan, Prudential and Northwestern. Metropolitan is commonly regarded as a Rockefeller company, but the president, F. H. Ecker, has been close enough to the Morgan firm to receive personal Inside favors. Like Metropolitan, Prudential is closely tied in with the Chase National Bank but the president of Prudential is on Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co. and the company is interlocked with the Morgan-dominated Public Service Corp. of New Jersey and the New Jersey branch of the telephone trust.
Morgan and Rockefeller have their hands also in a few of the smaller companies. Morgan himself is a director of the Ætna Insurance Co. and is supposed to have an interest also in Ætna Life Insurance which is technically separate from Ætna Insurance and its subsidiaries. Morgan partners are on the American section of North British & Mercantile Insurance Co., Ltd., which has three American subsidiaries. One of the London partners is on Royal Exchange Assurance Corp., which also has three American subsidiaries. Morgan interests are indirectly represented on Home Life Insurance Co.; on Continental Insurance Co. of America, one of the America-Fore group of companies; on Great American Insurance Co.
Through life insurance companies and savings banks, Wall Street gathers in and manipulates several billion of capital funds belonging to the middle class and to the topmost groups of wage-earners. The capitalist class, and especially the big insiders, gain both power and profit from having savings of the petty bourgeoisie and the better-paid workers placed at their disposal.
lection but also a deliberately over-weighted table of risks. If the worker is unable to keep up his premiums for four weeks in succession his policy lapses and can be revived only by paying all the overdue premiums. Until three years of premiums have been paid the "lapsed" policy is a total loss to the worker. He cannot get back from the company any of the money he has paid to its agent. About \$250,000,000 of actual cash was thus forfeited by the workers to the industrial insurance companies during the five years 1928 to 1932 inclusive, according to a conservative estimate.
The number and value of lapsed industrial policies increased tremendously during the crisis until in 1932 and again in 1933 about one policy in five of those in effect on January 1 had been completely forfeited before the end of the year and another 7% had been cashed in. But even in the long run, including years of "prosperity" and relatively steady work, the workers get back less than half of the amount they pay to insurance companies.
... for every dollar paid to the insurance companies only 45 cents has been paid back as death claims, matured endowments, dividends, disability benefits, and cash surrender values. Ordinary policy-holders received, on the same basis, an average of 68 cents on the dollar.10
Group insurance is another racket through which insurance companies prey upon the workers.* This has become increasingly popular with corporations and by the end of 1933 about five million workers including office employees were "covered" by some 27,000 group policies. A group policy is arranged by the employer and covers the workers only so long as they are actually employed. Premiums are usually paid in part by the insured workers as a deduction from their wages. Some employers extract more than half the entire premium from the workers. When the worker is dropped from his job, he is supposed to be entitled to a refund from the amounts he has paid in premiums. He is no longer covered by insurance and can take out an individual policy only at the premium rate set for his age. He carries over no advantage from his former group insurance except an exemption from medical examination provided he arranges immediately for a new policy, and few wage-workers can do this when they have just lost a job.**
The Metropolitan Life Insurance Co. has "suggested" that "you be notified that your privilege of converting your Group Life Insurance Certificate into
* Chief companies writing group insurance are Metropolitan, Ætna Life, Equitable. Travelers, and Prudential.
** On group insurance, see also R. W. Dunn, The Americanization of Labor, pp. 169-177.
an individual policy without a medical examination expires thirty-one days after leaving your employment. Your Group Insurance participation ceased when you terminated your employment on January 8." 12
The leading insurance company officials have been paid large salaries during the crisis. And total assets and total income of the big companies writing either industrial or group insurance or both have been above the boom level of 1929. As mutual companies, they pay dividends not to stockholders but to policyholders and for several companies these also have remained above the 1929 total. But workers holding industrial policies are gently guided to apply their dividends toward increased insurance and seldom see a rebate on the weekly premium. Dividends on group policies are paid to the company and may or may not find their way back to individual workers who have contributed to the premiums.
Another apparatus for securing control of small investors' money was developed in the United States during the post-war boom. Investment trusts had flourished in Great Britain for many years, chiefly as a means of placing small investors' capital in colonial and foreign securities. The device is simplicity itself: A group including some big names—and usually tied in with one of the leading investment banking houses—would set itself up as a corporation for the purpose of buying and holding bonds and stocks. Salaried workers and small capitalists would buy the non-voting stock of the investment trust—control remaining with a small block of voting stock held by the promoters. Some three billion dollars of stock and bonds in investment trusts were sold to the petty capitalist world during the boom and added that much more to the controlled market for new securities.
Many of these investment trusts collapsed with the crisis. Some of the others that survived the crash have been able enormously to increase their holdings. Most striking has been the growth of the Atlas Corp., managed by men closely associated with the Morgan interests.
Atlas is "a company which in the three years of the depression has increased the net assets under its control from \$14,200,000 to more than \$100,000,000, even after eliminating inter-company items.... In all, Atlas, under the direction of Floyd B. Odlum, has acquired control of some twenty-five management investment trusts in three years.... Mr. Odlum is a trained 'acquirer.' It was he who did a great part of the work of assembling the properties of the American and Foreign Power Corp." 18
Profits and Salaries
Financial manipulations yielded before the crisis a rich harvest of profits. The picture is incomplete, but a few important facts are available.
| Group income from c | apital manipulation | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Income group | No. of | - , | Percentage of total |
| (all sources) | tax returns | Amount | group income |
| \$1,000,000 and over | 513 | \$ 859,400,000 | 61 |
| \$500,000 to \$1,000,000 | 976 | 404,200,000 | 51 |
| \$50,000 to \$500,000 | 37,400 | 1,693,300,000 | 34 |
| \$5,000 to \$50,000 | 993,182 | 1,433,900,000 | II |
| Under \$5,000 | 3,012,256 | 293,800,000 | 3 |
(Derived from Statistics of Income, 1929, published by U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue.)
Some Banks and Insurance Companies Paying \$100,000 or More to Chief Executive During 1933 or 1932
Chase National Bank, New York.
W. W. Aldrich received in 1933 salary of \$151,744 and bonus of \$1,760. At the end of the year he was being paid at the rate of \$175,000 a year. Union Trust Co., Pittsburgh.
H. C. McEldowney received \$165,000 in 1933. At end of year salary had been cut to only \$120,000. This is a bank which pays dividends of 200% yearly on par value of its capital stock
Chemical Bank & Trust Co., New York.
Percy H. Johnston received salary of \$125,000 in 1933.
National City Bank.
Manufacturers Trust Co.
Harvey D. Gibson received salary of \$125,000 in 1933.
Corn Exchange Bank Trust Co.
Walter E. Frew received salary of \$100,000 plus bonus of \$2,882 in 1933.
Charles H. Sabin received salary of \$95,333 plus bonus of \$5,586 in 1932.
William C. Potter received salary of \$95,333 plus bonus of \$5,735 in
Central Hanover Bank & Trust Co.
George W. Davison received salary of \$100,000 in 1933.
Metropolitan Life Insurance Co.
Frederick H. Ecker received salary of \$200,000 in 1932, increased in 1930 from \$175,000.
Prudential Insurance Co. of America.
Edward D. Duffield received salary of \$125,000 in 1032.
New York Life Insurance Co.
Thomas A. Buckner received salary of \$125,399.92 in 1932.
Mutual Life Insurance Co.
David F. Houston received salary of \$125,000 in 1932, increased in 1930 from \$100,000.
Equitable Life Assurance Society.
Besides the profits and high salaries accruing to bankers from their manipulation of capital in dealings with other capitalists, we should note the special field of banking formerly reserved for pawnbrokers and loan sharks which the past generation of bankers found it worth their while to enter. In their philanthropic eagerness to "help" the workers, highly respected capitalists have set up various kinds of agencies for making small personal loans on a business basis, charging from 2% to 3½% a month for their "services" and drawing in a tidy profit on their capital. The Morris Plan banks (for loans against wages and "character") are headed up in the Industrial Finance Corp., indirectly under Morgan influence through its general counsel, Satterlee & Canfield, a law firm in which the leading partner is brother-in-law of J. P. Morgan.
Effect of the Crisis
Centralization in banking and finance has been increased during the crisis.
In commercial banking, the largest units hold a much higher percentage of the total deposits than they have ever held before. None of the major banks in New York, Boston, Philadelphia, San Francisco, Los Angeles has collapsed. In Detroit and Cleveland banks tied in with Morgan-dominated corporations had to go out of business, but in Detroit new banks with new officials but the same connections were set up to take their places.* When the Dawes bank (Central Republic Bank & Trust Co.) which was fourth largest in Chicago could not be saved, even with a \$90,000,000 loan from the Reconstruction Finance Corp., a new Dawes bank (City National Bank & Trust Co.) rose miraculously out of the ruins of the Central Republic.
Several of the largest banks in the country were persistently rumored as shaky, but except in Detroit none of those closest to Morgan or Rockefeller interests has been allowed to fail. Government credit has been poured out to salvage the banking system and in addition private resources have been mobilized to help the big banks strategically located in a dominant position.
Banking aid from the Reconstruction Finance Corp. has been extended in two ways. Straight loans to commercial banks have totaled over \$1,900,000,000 since the R. F. C. was set up in February, 1932. Something over two-thirds of this total has been repaid, but about \$500,000,000 of loans to banks were outstanding on June 30, 1935. Much of this went to banks which were afterwards closed and liquidated. Part of it went to banks after they were closed, as an advance for settlement with depositors, the R. F. C. taking over as collateral "frozen assets" which may or may not thaw out into liquid value as time goes on.
Then during the banking holiday of March, 1933, the R. F. C. was authorized to purchase preferred stock or capital notes issued by banks. This form of government aid had several practical advantages over an out and out loan. It looks better on a bank's published balance sheet. It gives the R. F. C. a regular voice in the management of the bank's affairs. Also, it made possible a bally-hoo campaign urging all banks to sell stock to the R. F. C., with reports of progress suggesting that a tremendous advance had been accomplished by the widespread response. The R. F. C. had advanced about one billion of capital to more than 6,000 banks before June 30, 1935. The outstanding big banks which desperately
*"... General Motors joined with the Reconstruction Finance Corp. in supplying \$25,000,000 as capital for the formation of the new National Bank of Detroit. To-day, the capital supplied by General Motors has appreciated in market value approximately 140%. In the meantime, the National Bank of Detroit has become one of the nation's largest banking institutions, has been profitable almost from its inception and is on a dividend basis..." From a story published under the heading "Samaritan Role in Detroit Bank Crisis Returns Big Profit to General Motors" in Wall Street Journal, August 23, 1935.
shakiness was not publicly revealed.
see Chapter XVI.)
In relation to all other industry, government banking activities are strictly limited. No one industrial borrower may receive more than \$500,000 from the R. F. C.—which excludes the large corporations and leaves them to be "served" by privately owned banks without government competition. And the total of such industrial loans outstanding at any one time is limited to \$300,000,000. The Federal Reserve banks may also lend directly to industry, but only "in exceptional circumstances" and up to a variable but clearly defined total. Their announced intention is to apply the same standards of security that are set by commercial banks but to meet the need for longer term loans, running up to three and even five years, which are supposed to be outside the field of private commercial banking.
Assistance for foreign trade in which settlement is expected to be slow and long-term credits are necessary is also the stated purpose of the government's Import-Export banks.
*The R. F. C. insisted that Walter J. Cummings should be installed as chairman of the Continental Illinois Bank & Trust Co., the largest bank in Chicago. And Cummings has been an official in Morgan companies: Chairman of the executive committee of the American Car and Foundry Co., and president and chairman of Electric Railway Equipment Securities Corp., jointly owned by J. G. Brill Co. (subsidiary of American Car & Foundry) and by General Electric and Westinghouse Electric. Cummings was also president of the Gary Railways Co., in the town completely controlled by U. S. Steel Corp.
Bulers of America
In spite of the large numbers of banks, investment bankers and insurance companies which operate in the United States without any formal, technical corporate links among themselves, the control of banking is concentrated in a few large institutions and these are tied together in an informal "community of interest." This high degree of centralization has been strengthened and not weakened by the crisis.
CHAPTER VII
HOW FINANCE CAPITAL RULES INDUSTRY
Control of capitalist industry rests upon the control of capital. As a business grows and requires more capital beyond that which is owned by a small group it must gather in outside capital. This is the basic and universal fact in the development of capitalism from which has resulted increase of large corporations and large banks, the fusion of banking and industry, and the concentration of control.
But these developments do not follow the same pace in different countries or in different industries within any one country. Material conditions which lead to variations in the rate of development lead also to differences in the form through which the financial rulers operate. Lenin, in Imperialism, the Highest State of Capitalism, summarized important facts about the structural connections in pre-war Germany and France between the "great banks" and the industrial corporations. In the United States, the fusion of banking and industrial interests which is the essence of finance capital has been developing ever since the nineties. But apart from interlocking directorates few structural connections have been set up between the industrial corporations and the banks. Both these sectors of monopoly capitalism are, however, dominated by the financial rulers.
Widespread Ownership of Capital
Here the wide expanse of unsettled territory and the resultant opportunities for extensive development of capitalism have affected the form of financial control. Peculiar to the United States has been a relatively large capitalist class which until the crisis of 1929 enjoyed a high degree of prosperity. Even while small enterprises were being absorbed or ruined by the growth of large corporations, some opportunity persisted for new ventures. And more important than the persistence of small enterprises alongside of the dominant trusts were the expanding groups of well-paid salaried executives and of hangers-on who had inherited small property or whose professional or salaried work gave them a moderate living and tied them to the capitalist class. Among the American workers, also, a relatively large top layer fared well enough under "prosperity" to acquire some small savings and a petty-capitalist viewpoint.
From this there developed two parallel trends within the capitalist structure which helped to shape the form under which control by finance capital functions in the United States.
Liberals and some socialists during the post-war boom were hailing this widely scattered ownership of leading corporations as the "new democracy" of industry. But obviously its real effect was exactly the reverse. Even 10,000 stockholders—and still more emphatically 100,000 stockholders—are powerless to organize for control of "their" corporation. They merely place a great bulk of capital at the disposal of the financial rulers.
Second, and at the same time, numerous petty capitalists have tried to build up security. Owners of "loan capital" seeking investment without participation in management constitute the so-called "rentier class" which appears in every developed capitalist country and is really a section of the capitalist class. In the United States it is peculiarly numerous and has included even a few of the most highly paid workers. Peculiar to this country also is the extent to which the investment of loan capital has been confided to great life insurance companies controlled in Wall Street.
Ownership versus Control
The economic power of the financial rulers is supported by the structural mechanisms through which they control other men's capital. This mechanism functions in two distinct fields: banking and industry. But it is so constructed that banking operations set up lines of control over industry while, at the same time, the large industrial corporations set up lines of control over banking. The leading financial groups function in both fields and represent through their activities the fusion of interest which constitutes finance capital.
second stage, control is held through a considerable minority stock ownership. In the third stage, control has been separated from stock ownership.
and industrial capital, but they also illustrate these three stages of control.
Industrial companies which are distinctively and completely "Mellon" companies are mostly of the first type. Mellon wealth and power were founded originally in real estate and banking and continue to function in this field. But much of their industrial interest is centered in companies in which they have bought majority stock control and whose expansion has not yet outgrown the large resources of the Mellon family. Their banks are dominant in the banking of the Pittsburgh area and exercise a strong indirect influence in other companies. And Mellon banking strength helps to keep their closely held industrial companies clear of interference from any other financial group.
Rockefeller control of Standard Oil companies and coal companies is of the second type: minority stock control. At the same time Rockefeller interests are strong in banking through their stock control of Chase National, the largest single commercial bank in the United States. They exercise indirect banking power over industry through Chase National (and formerly through National City Bank) and indirect industrial power over other banks through the connections of the Standard Oil companies.
Morgan industrial control is chiefly of the third type. The Morgan power represents the most advanced stage of capitalist development and concentration. It is largely separated from stock ownership. Industrial companies drawn in originally through Morgan investment banking are held in line through Morgan dominance in the banking world, but at the same time the Morgan banking power is now supported by the great Morgan industrial corporations.
This third type of control without ownership developed from bankers' penetration of industry. To-day, while the biggest industrial corporations are powerful units of finance capital, quite independent of mere banking control in the limited sense, the influence of bankers and a type of control exercised through the functions of banking is still an important factor in many industrial corporations. The details of this mechanism have much more than a historic interest.
Take, for example, the difference between bonds and stock which seems unimportant in relation to the basic conflict between the capitalists and the workers whom they exploit, but which has played an important role in the building up of finance capital in the United States. Stockholders are technically the owners of a corporation. Bondholders are not owners but creditors. Stockholders elect the directors while bondholders have no vote in company affairs. But practically in most of the large corporations and many smaller ones, stockholders' votes have become mere rubber stamps on the nominees and the policies of the management. Directors and officers may be among the chief lieutenants and rulers in the world of finance capital. If not, they have merely been shifted from control by the stockholders to control by the bankers who keep the corporation sup-
plied with loan capital by selling its bond issues or supplying it with shortterm credit.
Bankers may know the banking business.... But it is beyond question that they will fall flat as operators of the mills. Among recent developments are banking orders to reduce stocks, cut wages, and institute operating reductions that are decidedly industry killing, yet they are in the saddle and there is no money forthcoming unless orders are obeyed. (My emphasis.—A. R.)
Mr. Pierce explained that at stockholders' meetings of the Washington Gas Light Company he had been threatened with prosecution for criminal libel by Alden L. Doan, who, he said, represented the Chase at the meeting of the Washington company.
Since commercial banks and investment banking have been in the main dominated by identical financial groups, control of short-term credit and control of the long-term capital market have been merely two phases of one identical process. The company which desires to expand beyond the resources of a small group of owners must turn to an investment
power came through such aggressive activities.
ceivership or bankruptcy.
When a merger has been arranged, or a large bond issue floated, the investment banker slides into power behind the scenes. Even when everything is prospering he has an inside advantage over the stockholders unless there is one powerful group which retains stock control. The investment firm or some commercial bank in which it is interested usually becomes bond trustee, a permanent intermediary between the bond owners and the corporation. This may be only a routine position. But the bond trustee has a right to full information about the company's affairs, and he is expected to interfere if he considers that the bondholders' security requires a change in policy. If the corporation defaults on bond interest, the investment banker takes the lead in organizing a "protective committee" to represent aggressively the interests of the bondholders. Throughout receivership and bankruptcy proceedings, the claims of the bondholders, as owners.
Receiverships and Control
ruptcies of the 1893 crisis gave this kind of opportunity to step in with authority. This method became an old, old story during the next forty years.
But here again, the relative strength of the various groups involved is an important matter. Receivership or bankruptcy proceedings may not lead to a change in control if the already dominant interests are strong financially. This important point is worth illustrating with a few recent examples.
In 1925, in the largest railroad bankruptcy in the history of the United States, Kuhn, Loeb & Co., which had been the dominant financial power in the bankrupt Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad, manipulated the various "protective" committees and drafted the plan of reorganization which was finally adopted. Although Kuhn, Loeb & Co. had had a large part in the policies which wrecked the company, they retained financial control of its successor.
Insull had developed a sharp conflict with the Morgan interests. Morgan-Edison-General Electric had given him his start and had recognized Chicago and Illinois utilities as his field for exploitation. But Insull made two serious mistakes which brought the wrath of Wall Street down upon his head. He allowed himself to be "caught with the goods" in graft revelations of 1926, and he attempted to expand his system in areas outside of his province. Insull's own interests were tied up completely with his utilities and with speculative real estate projects in and around Chicago. When his greatly inflated pyramid was pricked by the crisis, it was promptly squeezed flat by the leading banks in New York and Chicago. Insull's power was destroyed.
How the banks manipulated the Insull receivership for their own immediate advantage at the expense of smaller creditors is an interesting story.3 But from the viewpoint of control the most important fact is the neat and immediate increase in Morgan influence within three big Insull units—Commonwealth Edison, People's Gas Light & Coke and Public Service Co. of Northern Illinois—which are still operating at a profit.*
The Morgan firm, as head of a banking syndicate, had outstanding a loan of \$48,000,000 to Alleghany Corp., top company in the Van Sweringen pyramid. When the loan was defaulted, the controlling stock in Alleghany Corp., deposited with Morgan as collateral, passed into the possession of the banking syndicate. But the bankers did not choose to hold it for control, so they auctioned the shares at a fraction of their former value and received about 10% on the defaulted debt. The shares were bought in by a new holding company, Midamerica Corp., conveniently set up with the help of middle western capitalists as "agent" for the bankrupt Van Sweeingen brothers who could not legally act for themselves in such a transaction. The press hailed the return to Van Sweringen "control" of the railroad companies which they had assembled. But what are the facts?
While the new Midamerica Corp. regained stock control of Alleghany Corp., the stock held by Alleghany in other companies is now voted by Guaranty Trust Co., a Morgan bank! For this stock in Alleghany subsidiaries had been deposited as collateral for certain Alleghany Corp. debentures (that is, bond issues) and the bank as trustee was given power to vote the stock "until such time as the market value of these securities shall exceed 150% of the principal amount of Alleghany debentures." 4
some mutual stock hold-
ings between these three
companies.
Slight duPont & Rocke-
feller influence. | | American Agricultural Chemical Co. | Phosphates & fertilizers | Morgan; Hayden, Stone & Co. and others. | | American Commercial Alcohol Corp. | Alcohols | Slight duPont trace. | | American Cyanamid Co. | Heavy and other chemi-
cals—important in
war | Strong Mellon influence. | | Baker (J. T.) Chemical Co. | Chemicals for labora-
tories | Subsidiary owned jointly with Pennsylvania Salt—otherwise independent. | | Commercial Solvents Corp. | Alcohols, acetone, and derivatives | Indirect Morgan and
Rockefeller. Industrial
connection with Corn
Products Refining Co. | | Dow Chemical Co. | Bromine extraction,
light synthetic met-
als. Important in
war. | Cleveland Trust Co. In-
dustrial indirect connec-
tion with Gen. Motors
and Standard Oil (N.J.) | | Electro Bleaching Gas
Co.—owning
Niagara Alkali Co. | Chlorine, caustic pot-
ash, etc.—important
in war | Possible Mellon and Morgan interests. | | Mathieson Alkali
Works, Inc. | Alkalis, etc. | Strong Hayden, Stone & Co., also indirect Mellon and Rockefeller. | | Merck & Co. | Pharmaceuticals—
some war chemicals | Lehman Bros., Goldman, Sachs. | | Monsanto Chemical Co. | Coal-tar products, fine chemicals, medicinals, etc. | Local banking interests. | | Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Co. | Heavy and other chemicals, important in war | Indirect Morgan and Rockefeller. | | Company | Chief Activity | Industrial and/or financial connection | |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Westvaco Chlorine Products Corp.— owned at least 1/3 by United Chemicals, Inc. | Chlorine, etc.—important in war | Indirect Morgan; indus-
trial connection with
Union Carbide. | | United Carbon Co. | Accounts for 27% of U. S. consumption of carbon black | Connections with Canadian Industries (duPont and Imperial Chemical Industries). | #### 2. SMALLER AMERICAN COMPANIES WITH FOREIGN CONNECTIONS. | Company | Activity | Foreign connection | |---------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | American Cyanamid Co. | See list (1) | Large Canadian plant. | | American Potash and
Chemical Corp. | Potash products and fertilizers | Said to be subsidiary of
an English company.
Shows Seligman and Lew-
isohn influence. | | Commercial Solvents Corp. | See list (1) | Plants in England, Puerto
Rico and Cuba. | | International Agricul-
tural Corp. | Fertilizers and acids | Strong Morgan influence.
Connected with interna-
tional potash cartel
through 50% ownership of
a German potash mine. | | Monsanto Chemical Co. | See list (1) | Has important English subsidiary. | | Pacific Borax Co.— owning U.S. Potash Co. of New Mexico | Borax | Owned by Borax Consolidated, Ltd. | | Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Co. | See list (1) | Contract with I.G.Farben-industrie. | | United Carbon Co. | See list (r) | Canadian subsidiary; 50% of company's sales are foreign. | ### 3. SEEMINGLY INDEPENDENT OR PRIVATE AMERICAN COMPANIES. Company Activity Diamond Alkali Co. Chlorine and alkalis. Doe & Ingalls, Inc. Fine, and war chemicals ### Company ### Activity Federal Laboratories, Inc. Hooker Electrochemical Co. Alkalis. Mallinckrodt Chemical Works Fine, and war chemicals. Michigan Alkali Co. Chlorine and alkalis. Although there are numerous smaller companies, the tendency is toward increasing financial control, hidden because of the anti-trust laws and often confused by warring financial groups. Furthermore, there is the attempt at penetration into the chemical industry of each country by the large companies of other countries. Opposed to the attempts of each nation to be self-sufficient is the increasing internationalization of the large chemical companies through trade agreements and financial relationships. Chemical companies profit indirectly from any industrial activity, since their products are used in all industry. But the industry stands to profit directly from wartime demands for chemicals. Lammot duPont, president of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co., said, "In the increasing mechanization of modern warfare, new chemical problems would be encountered and new adaptations of chemical materials would be required. The large research organizations of the chemical industry would be invaluable in the study and solution of problems which would inevitably arise. There can be no possible substitute for a strong chemical industry in the manufacture of materials so indispensable for waging war. In this respect the country has been immeasurably strengthened in its defense." 18 720000000000000000000000000000000000000 #### CHAPTER XIV Any commercial plane can be used for military purposes.1 This is the key-note of the aviation industry, which although small, is protected and nourished by governments, and dominated and controlled by financiers. It takes days and often weeks to convert ships to war-time use, but there is no such lag in airplanes, and the effort of each nation in recent years has been to increase its air force, air routes, aircraft exports—in short, its air importance. Because of the military importance of air lines and manufacturing companies, all governments in one way or another subsidize this industry.\*\* Although flying was a well-established industry in Europe by 1912, the United States had developed practically no military aircraft of its own all through the war, and to a large extent copied French and British planes. Even though American military aircraft too often turned out to be "burning coffins," the so-called "pioneers" of the industry (Martin, Boeing, Hoyt, Loening, and Rentschler) were very active during the war. # A Subsidized Industry \* This chapter was written by Elsbeth E. Freudenthal. \*\* The importance of this industry in war is shown by President Roosevelt's list of war implements, the makers of which must register under Section 2 of the Neutrality Act. The Act includes only articles of indisputably military use, and it is therefore doubly significant that every type of airplane and airship, together with their engines, parts, etc., is included. (See New York Times, Sept. 29, 1935.) carried. The importance of this subsidy is shown by the fact that in 1932, for instance, the air mail subsidy amounted to 76% of the total revenue of the four leading transport companies. Although they were not subsidized directly, the manufacturers also depended largely on the government. It is estimated that in 1933 their net revenue from sales to the Army and Navy was \$16,000,000; from exports, \$9,200,000; and from commercial orders, \$27,500,000. Of the last figure, however, \$25,000,000 came from associated companies which ordered planes and equipment with which to operate mail routes, and so this item can also be attributed to the government. There were and still are four main manufacturing companies. Curtiss-Wright Corp. and United Aircraft and Transport Corp. together got a large majority of government orders, and next in importance were Martin Co. and Douglas Aircraft Co. "One-fourth of the whole year's Army- and Navy-equipment appropriation (i.e., for aviation, 1933—E.E.F.) went to Curtiss-Wright..." Pratt & Whitney (of United Aircraft) made a 50% profit on Navy contracts in the first nine months of 1930. The same company in 1930 made a profit of \$1.6% on one Army order, and 38.3% on another. In 1934 the Air Mail Act made a gesture towards freeing the industry from monopoly control by ordering that transportation companies be separated from manufacturing companies. Under the new Air Mail Act of 1935, sometimes called the McKellar-Mead Bill, which was signed in August, 1935, supervision of rates is directly placed in the hands of the Interstate Commerce Commission. The increased rates were made retroactive for March to June, 1935, and gave the airmail carriers an additional \$400,000 for that period. The average compensation is still only 29 cents a mile, compared with 28.5 cents after the 1934 Air Mail Act, but the maximum is up to 35.1 cents a mile. Before the 1934 investigation four big air lines got about 90% of the total pay and handled 93% of the pound-miles.10 These four lines are 1) United Air Lines Transport; 2) American Airlines (owned by Aviation Corp.); 3) North American, which owns Eastern Air Lines; and 4) Transcontinental and Western Air, Inc. Since the 1935 Air Mail Act their pay has dropped to 73.4% of the total, but they still handle 90.6% of all pound-miles.11 Many reorganizations have resulted from the order separating manufacturing and transportation companies. The net result is that practically the same financial groups are in control of the industry. \*Standard Trade and Securities, February 27, 1935, reported that engine business continues to be divided between Curtiss-Wright and United Aircraft (now divided into two companies). Army plane orders are divided between Martin (bombers), and Douglas Aircraft and its affiliate, Northrop (observation and attack planes), and Consolidated Aircraft (pursuits). Since Consolidated Aircraft is a comparatively small company, it has not been discussed in this section. There are cause in the last year or so production capacity has been outstripping domestic demand, the manufacturing companies have cultivated the export field intensively. Quite apart from the number of engines sold to foreign countries, the number of planes exported increased from 140 in 1931 to 407 in 1933 and 460 in the first ten months of 1934. The Nanking Government, waging war against the Red Army of China, was the largest single purchaser of planes in 1933 and 1934. Foreign sales of planes and engines in 1934 rose to such a degree that they accounted for about 40% of production.12 # - Financial Groupings The aviation industry in the United States depends on the government for the large part of its revenue, but it is owned and run by bankers and important industrial groups. It began to develop as a large industry in 1927. Up to that time it had been to a large extent a subsidiary activity of the automobile companies, and the main business of small independent and experimental companies. Ford, General Motors, Packard and a few other automobile companies had interests in this field, and individuals like Fokker had their own companies. In 1927 the value of the subsidies authorized by the Kelly Bill of 1925 began to be appreciated, and finally war-time stocks were liquidated. Lindbergh's spectacular trans-Atlantic flight in this year concentrated public interest in aviation. The time was ripe for the bankers. In 1927-28 the duPont family invested in an aircraft company, and in 1928 and early 1929 occurred the huge aviation mergers which over-capitalized the industry to such an extent that total corporate assets rose from \$29,000,000 in 1925 to \$410,000,000 in 1920.18 Transcontinental Air Transport, Inc. (now dissolved), was formed by the Pennsylvania Railroad, the Curtiss Aeroplane and Motor Co., Inc., and Chief Engineer Mayo of Ford Motor Co. Curtiss-Wright Corp. was a merger of the two oldest companies in the industry under Hayden, Stone. Lehman Bros. formed the Aviation Corp. and, with the Harriman interests, controlled it until 1933. The United Aircraft and Transport Corp. merger was arranged by the National City Bank. According to the testimony of J. P. Ripley, the transaction brought in "\$6,000,000 of profit to something like \$18,000,000 of money put up by the National City Company." Individual bankers and air company directors made similar large profits on air stocks. But in spite of these profits, and the profits of some companies, the industry has not yet recovered from this overcapitalization. Mergers and reorganizations confuse the picture somewhat, but the positions of the companies have not been materially altered. In 1935, air indeed many small companies in this field, such as Grumman Airplane Co., a private company. They receive occasional large government orders, but they do not seem to challenge the monopolistic position of the large companies, routes and manufacture were in the hands of a few large companies and their subsidiaries, all interconnected by cross-directorships and an endless chain of mutual stock ownership. Battles for financial control also occur, but the same financial groups continue within the industry. Reports of changing directorates and sales of stock interest are merely indications of jockeying for position by rival financial interests. The principal financial groups represented are Morgan and duPont through General Motors, G. M-P. Murphy, and National City Bank. Although G. M-P. Murphy in general is less powerful than the other groups his influence in the aviation industry seems to be greater. Morgan and duPont, through General Motors, are in control of the North American group and of Bendix Aviation Corporation and its subsidiaries. Mellon interests are indirectly represented on some of these companies, since they are vitally interested in air companies as large consumers of aluminum—10% of the cost of a plane being the aluminum. General Motors' influence is increasing in this industry, and its group is the most diversified. Its many manufacturing companies constitute the majority of the group, but it also includes Eastern Air Lines, the fourth largest transport company in the United States. United Aircraft and Transport Corp., the most highly integrated group in the industry, has been split into three companies in accordance with the new Act. The National City Bank, under whose guidance the old U.A.&T. was formed, is strongly represented on two of the three new companies. Furthermore, since the shares of the three new companies were distributed to the shareholders of the old U.A.&T., the three new companies have identical ownership, for the present at least. The distribution of the shares of the new companies for one share held of the old U.A.&T. indicates the relative importance of the new companies: United Aircraft Corp.—1 share. United Air Lines Transport Corp.—1/2 share (voting trust certificate). Boeing Airplane Co.—¼ share. National City Bank. set a new world's record for speed and cruising range. 18 Its subsidiary, Stearman Aircraft Co., manufactures parts and equipment. Curtiss-Wright Corp. is one of the world's largest builders of planes and engines; it is engaged in every type of aircraft activity except actual air transport. This importance means of course that it is a military plane producer, and in fact about 80% of its sales are military. There are several traces of Hayden, Stone influence in this company, but the preponderant interests are North American. These interests come through the ownership by Sperry Corp. (one of the North American group) of a large block of this company's stock, as well as the fact that Sperry and other North American companies have several important cross-directors with Curtiss-Wright. Glenn L. Martin Co., manufacturer of speedy bombing planes, was the only important "independent" in the industry, but it was recently reorganized under the amended Bankruptcy Act, so that it is now practically controlled by other aviation companies. An issue of stock was offered by Otis & Co. in April, 1934, and G. M-P. Murphy is represented on the board. Douglas Aircraft Corp., the other important military plane producer, producing only on order, and selling largely to governments, U.S. and foreign, is 25% owned by a North American company. The following list shows cross-directors of banks and aviation companies. United Aircraft Corp. is connected with National City Bank through its director, F. B. Rentschler, brother of G. S. Rentschler of the National City Bank. Since, with this exception, only direct connections have been considered, the following companies are not on this list: Aviation Corp. (clearly under the control of Cord and his group); Boeing Airplane Co. (one of the old U.A.&T. group); North American Aviation, affiliated with General Motors; and Douglas, closely connected with the North American group. Aviation Companies Curtiss-Wright Corp. Glenn L. Martin Co. National Aviation Corp. (financial and investing co.) Pacific Zeppelin Transport Co. Pan American Airways Corp. Transcont & Western Air Inc United Air Lines Transport Corp. United Aircraft Corp. G. M-P. Murphy. Bankers Trust Co. Hayden, Stone Co. G. M-P. Murphy G. M-P. Murphy Bankers Trust Co. Guaranty Trust Co. Harriman interests Lehman Bros. Mellon interests G. M-P. Murphy National City Bank Lehman Bros. National City Bank G. M-P. Murphy National City Bank Not only are the aviation companies connected through cross-directors, as we have said, and through mutual holding of stock, but they are members of the Aeronautical Chamber of Commerce and the Manufacturers' Aircraft Association. The Code was administered through the former, of which James Roosevelt is a vice-president. The Manufacturers' Aircraft Association is a trade body which administers the cross-licensing agreement drawn up in 1917. This agreement, similar to the one in operation in the motor car industry, provides that hundreds of patents are available to the members. When it was first formed, the Association was attacked as a "trust," particularly when it was revealed that the \$200 royalty on each plane paid by the manufacturer to the association was in reality being handed on to the Army and Navy to pay as part of the price of the plane. The terms of the agreement were subsequently toned down, but the Association continues to hold all the essential patents for the use of its members.20 facturing companies of the United Aircraft and Transport group (National City Bank) got one-third of all Army and Navy aviation expenditures in 1933.21 Military orders have accounted for 80% of the aggregate sales of Curtiss-Wright (General Motors, Hayden, Stone and other interests). # Foreign Links and Activities A. H. G. Fokker whose former company). did also Aluminum Co. and United Aircraft and Transport.22 Besides these corporate connections there are also many international cross-licensing and trade agreements. The efforts made by all countries to build superior air forces naturally bring revenue to the companies controlling the licenses under which the planes are built. Governments as well as private companies are licensees. Fokker has licensed the Swedish, Danish, Norwegian, Italian, Polish and Swiss governments to build one or more of its planes. It has also licensed such companies as Avia of Prague, owned by Skoda, the armament company, which is in turn owned by Schneider, the armament company of France. The Wall Street Journal (November 3, 1935) reports "Concentration of the Dutch aircraft industry under Fokker and government control is being prepared." pensable in the next world war. Curtiss-Wright not only exported planes for the armies of Chiang Kai-shek, but erected a plant to counteract British and Italian competition. The Italian government formed a consortium of leading manufacturers to export Italian planes to China at cost.28 In April, 1934, the New York Times reported that the "governments of Great Britain, France, Italy and Germany have assigned air attaches to their embassies in China, in efforts to divert from the American market Chinese purchases of aeronautical equipment." Several months later it was reported that the Italians were winning out at the expense of the Americans. The American terms were cash, whereas the Italians arranged for down payments to be financed through the Italian share of the Boxer indemnity fund, with the balance payable on a six-year credit plan.24 The Aeronautical Chamber of Commerce of America reported in it American countries intensified international competition and "developed rivalries which might make any kind of situation in the near future." Aviation is now definitely monopolistic in the United States, with a few companies largely in control of the industry, and these companies controlled by several groups of financiers. For profits the industry depends on war orders to manufacturing plants, and airmail subsidies to transport lines. Exports will also play an important role until the full capacity to manufacture engines and planes is pushed to war-time activity. Air strength and the control of foreign transport lines reaching to the farthest points in South America and crossing the Pacific are also a direct factor in imperialist power and war preparedness. The air dominance already achieved in South America was glowingly described in the New York Times: All of South America's encircling network, flown by Pan American Airways, knows the shadow of American aircraft and the beat of Pratt and Whitney engines. # Aviation, A War Industry 207 Trans-Atlantic scheduled flying seems likely to materialize in the near future, Regular trips of the "China Clipper" of Pan American Airways have brought the Philippine Islands and Pacific areas also under "the shadow of American aircraft." Since aviation is a war industry, and every plane is by its nature a military weapon, this technical progress is merely another step in the United States' industrial-war preparedness. 188888888888888888888888888888888888888 ### CHAPTER XV # STEEL, GUNS AND WAR MACHINES\* Метноры of warfare reflect industrial methods. With increasing complexity in the industrial technique warfare becomes more complex. Even since the last war new methods of waging war have been developed by the growth in the aviation and chemical industries. In many European countries war industries are so inter-locked with each other and with financial groups that one may speak of an armament ring which controls public opinion through its newspapers, and governments through its superior power. In the United States there are many tendencies toward centralized control in various war industries. DuPont, Morgan, Colt Patent Firearms and Electric Boat have clearly a powerful voice in various fields of government policy. But development of war industries in this country has not yet reached the stage of one organized munitions ring dominating all war production. This is due in part to the fact that there is here an avowed policy of *industrial* preparedness, that is, an assumption that every manufacturer in the country is a potential munitions maker.1 The War Department has collected data on at least 12,000 industrial plants,2 now producing peace-time products, which could be transformed to the manufacture of munitions, for the Government arsenals can supply in case of war only a very small proportion of the estimated needs.3 In speaking of war industries, therefore, we distingush between two classifications: 1.) Companies that make armaments in the strict sense of actual implements and munitions of war, that is, cannon, guns, ammunition, tanks, military aircraft and naval vessels.4 2.) Companies whose equipment can be converted to war manufacture. In the last war, for example, some of the companies that produced armaments were: Willys-Overland Co. (of the automobile industry), Singer Manufacturing Co. (sewing machines), Mesta Machine Co. (builder of steel plants), Standard Steel Car Co., Otis Elevator Co., etc. A discussion of war industries might properly include all industries, but this section will be limited to a consideration of the companies in the first classification, that is, armament companies. (Explosives have been considered under chemicals and military aircraft under aviation.) \*This chapter was written by Elsbeth E. Freudenthal. ### Steel Benedict Crowell, Assistant Secretary of War and Director of Munitions, 1917-1920, and Robert F. Wilson, formerly Captain, U. S. Army, wrote: Steel is the basic metal of war. Many of the indispensable tools of war are built of steel, and all war supplies depend on steel for either their fabrication or their transportation and nearly always for both.5 Ten raw steel producers have held a fairly stable position as leaders of the industry in the United States for the past several years. The following table shows their production capacity and their total assets on January 1, 1935, or the nearest date for which figures are available. Of course these figures do not include the capacity of their fabricating plants, and they take no account of rails, tubes, sheets, etc. | | | Steel Ingot
Capacity—
gross tons
(in m | Total Asset:
illions) | |-----|-------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|--------------------------| | ı. | U. S. Steel Corp | 27.3 | \$1,962. | | 2. | Bethlehem Steel Corp | 9.36 | 622. | | 3. | Republic Steel Corp | 5.0 | 243. | | 4. | Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp | 3.66 | 174. | | 5. | Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co | 3.12 | 196. | | 6. | National Steel Corp | 2.23 | 142. | | 7. | American Rolling Mill Co | 2.2 | 96. | | 8. | Inland Steel Co | 2.0 | 94. | | 9. | Wheeling Steel Corp | 1.5 | 99. | | 10. | Crucible Steel Co. of America | .88 | 106. | | | Total, 10 companies | 57.26 | | | | Total, United States | 69.74 | | | | Percent, 10 companies to total U. S | 82% | | | | Carra Carra itaa d aarata Garana faran 84 | 7 Ta | | Sources: Capacity and assets figures from *Steel*, January 7, 1935, p. 130. Figure for United States (total) capacity from *Wall Street Journal*, February 28, 1935. \*Ordnance is defined as a general term for great guns for military and naval purposes, as opposed to "small arms" and their equipment; the term also includes miscellaneous stores under the control of the ordnance department. Alloy steels are becoming increasingly important, and it is natural, therefore, for the largest steel manufacturers to be predominant in this field also. The main alloy steel companies in the United States are: U. S. Steel, Bethlehem, Republic, American Rolling Mill, and Crucible Steel—all from the above table; also Ludlum Steel Co., Allegheny Steel Co., and Timken Steel & Tube Co. (subsidiary of Timken Roller Bearing Co.) Morgan control of U. S. Steel Corp., the giant of the industry and the first billion-dollar corporation in the country, has been clear ever since its formation. Morgan partners and officials of Morgan companies make up its directorate, and ever since the original merger in 1901 its financing has been handled by Morgan. This company is predominant in the important Midwest section and divides the Pacific coast area with Bethlehem. Bethlehem Steel Corp., the next largest company, and possibly more important in armaments, also shows a large Morgan interest. When U. S. Steel was formed in 1901 the Morgan group had acquired control of Bethlehem as well, but finally decided not to merge Bethlehem and U. S. Steel. It is believed that they were kept separate largely because there were at that time, and still are, only three companies making armor plate—Carnegie (an important unit in U. S. Steel), Midvale Co., and Bethlehem. A combination of two of them might have caused the Government to manufacture its own armor plate. Therefore, in order to keep this increasingly important government business, Bethlehem and U. S. Steel were not merged. In 1914 Secretary of the Navy Daniels stated: "The annual report for 1913 contained an earnest recommendation for the erection of an armor-plate factory. Twice the Government has authorized the construction of a factory, but twice were the armor-plate factories saved a monopoly of this business through 'a mysterious Providence.'... But... it became even plainer than last year that the Government is at the mercy of the three manufacturers of armor plate whose policy is to make the Government pay prices much beyond a fair profit." 6 Morgan has strong influence in Bethlehem Steel, but Mellon and other interests are also represented on the board and Morgan does not control Bethlehem as completely as he controls U. S. Steel. The relations between U. S. Steel and Bethlehem reflect this: they are sometimes coöperative (as in the export field and in their division of the Pacific coast) and sometimes competitive. Midvale Co. is not one of the largest 10 steel companies but it is important as the third producer of armor plate. It is now a subsidiary of Bald- win Locomotive Works in which Morgan influence is probably dominant. Some of the Midvale plants have been absorbed by Bethlehem. Morgan interests are therefore strongly entrenched in the manufacture of armorplate. This loosely-knit group represents a move toward greater integration among the so-called "independent" companies. Cleveland-Cliffs has large ore reserves. Republic, Youngstown, Inland and Wheeling have small reserves but are important producers. Furthermore, Eaton, who was originally responsible for the merger forming the present Republic Steel Corp., needed pipe for the utility companies in which he and Otis and Company were interested. In several of these companies there are direct links with Mellon and indirect links with Morgan. Jones & Laughlin is the one large steel company which is closely owned and appears to be genuinely independent. One of its officials is a director on two Mellon banks but the board of Jones & Laughlin also includes a representative of the Hillman group whose banking, coal, and steel manufacturing interests are putting up increasing competition with Mellon in western Pennsylvania. - \*The other companies named in this suit are: Otis Steel Co., Delaware River Steel Co., Corrigan-McKinney Steel Co., McKinney Steel Holding Co., Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Co., and Cliffs Co. - \*\*\* Mellon steel interests include some participation in Pittsburgh Steel and control of the compactly integrated Alan Wood Steel Co. Another small company—Lukens Steel Co.—is cross-linked with Alan Wood Steel and with the Midvale Co. American and European companies have many financial and industrial links. The largest American steel companies have licenses for Krupp stainless steel. American Rolling Mill has close relations with Vereinigte Stahlwerke, A.G., of Germany. There are many other links although they do not seem to be as close as those between European companies where, for example, Skoda, the French-owned munitions company in Czechoslovakia, gave financial aid to Hitler. There are international steel cartels and trusts, pertaining usually to special products. The status of these cartels is uncertain. The international tubes cartel is reported to have dissolved, but the International Railmakers Association has been prolonged. The International Steel Cartel recently made an agreement with the British Iron and Steel Federation, which was reported as "...another step... to complete organization of the world trade in steel." American steel producers deny that they are connected with an international munitions ring, but there is much evidence like the Electric Boat-Vickers arrangement (see page 215) that points to the contrary. For example, a secret meeting of 107 steel manufacturers recently took place in France. These included delegates from Vickers, Skoda, Maxim, Schneider (all munitions companies), and Bethlehem Steel Corporation, represented by Charles M. Schwab. Scrap steel also plays an important role in war manufacture. For example, Japan has become the best customer for American scrap iron and steel, buying in 1934 1,100,000 tons of scrap, besides 50 to 75 obsolete American merchant and warships.12 "If Japan builds a larger navy, American scrap will build it, or at least play a prominent part in furnishing its raw material," according to the Wall Street Journal, October 6, 1934. The importance of steel in war materials has been indicated. The importance of war to steel profits is obvious from the records of the \*Vertical integration means the combination of companies engaged in the various steps of production of a commodity; horizontal, the merging or combining of competing companies engaged in the same stage of production of a commodity. War preparedness is also very helpful to the steel industry, and has been partly responsible for the upward trend in steel profits since the low point of the crisis. This is most obvious in the Midvale Co., which specializes in ordnance and armor plate. Its increased sales in 1934 and distribution of \$20 a share to its stockholders (in addition to a regular dividend of \$1 a share) were due largely to the Roosevelt naval program.16 The long coast line of the United States has given opportunity for many companies in shipbuilding, repairing and drydocking, and all of these would be used, of course, in wartime for war purposes. In peace time, however, there are about seven companies or groups of companies that are engaged in the manufacture of war vessels (battleships, cruisers, destroyers or submarines), as well as merchant vessels. Of these seven companies two are wholly-owned subsidiaries of U. S. Steel and Bethlehem. The "Big Three" of the shipbuilding industry, comprising New York Shipbuilding Corp., Newport News Shipbuilding and Drydock Corp., and Bethlehem Shipbuilding Corp., have figured in the hearings before the Senate Committee as having, through their fixed bids, almost complete control of Navy orders. In a separate class is Electric Boat Co., which, through its patents and foreign connections, has a virtual world monopoly on submarine building. The "Little Three," United Drydocks Co., Federal Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co., and Bath Iron Works, Maine, are also said to combine for bids on naval orders. Warship-builders exert influence not only by fixing their bids, but by maintaining lobbies in Washington, and by lobbying and various kinds of pressure at international conferences called to discuss disarmament.17 Bethlehem ...... \$65,000,000 (cruisers and destroyers) Newport News .... 72,000,000 (cruisers and aircraft carriers) N. Y. Shipbuilding. 87,000,000 (cruisers and destroyers) In 1928-29 merchant vessel contracts were distributed as follows: New York Shipbuilding Co. has had a varied history. It was known as American Brown, Boveri Electric Corp. from 1925-1931, when it resumed the present name, under which it had been incorporated in 1899. Many years ago it was owned by Mellon, Frick and others, who sold it in 1916. However, it is said that Mellon, who was acting for the group, retained \$7,500,000 of the original bonds. In 1933 Cord Co. acquired control—the same group controlling Aviation Co. (see p. 203) and Cord and Auburn Auto companies. On December 3, 1934, this company had uncompleted contracts on hand of over \$44,000,000, the largest since the war. It has a licensing agreement with Maschinenfabrik Augsburg Nürnberg for the latter's Diesel engine for railway purposes. It still has a link with Brown, Boveri of Switzerland in that both companies own shares in Allis Chalmers, one of the important companies in the electrical machinery and equipment field. The "Little Three" parallel the "Big Three" in many ways. Federal Shipbuilding is a subsidiary of U. S. Steel. Bath Iron Works, Maine, seems to be a private company which does not publish financial reports. United Drydocks is the only one whose shares are traded in. These three companies are said to have got together on destroyer bids in 1933—according to testimony by a man who is now trying to collect from Bath Iron Works for services rendered in Washington! 28 The United Drydocks Co. is part of a loosely connected group that can be indirectly traced back to the steel industry, and the large financial interests. Through important cross-directors it is connected with American Shipbuilding Co., a dominant company in the Great Lakes district, closely allied to the steel industry through its business and through the Great Lakes Towing Co., on which are representatives of the big steel companies. There is also a link, through American Shipbuilding, with American Ship and Commerce Corp. The last company controls Wm. Cramp & Sons Ship and Engine Building Co., which is reported to be defunct, but which nevertheless entered a bid on a destroyer in August, 1934. The financial interests in this group, besides the representatives of the large steel companies, include Hayden, Stone, several representatives of the Goodyear-Zeppelin group, and W. A. Harriman. As mentioned before, there are numerous shipbuilding and repair companies all over the country. Sometimes these are connected with other industries, as, for example, the Sun Shipbuilding and Drydock Co., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Sun Oil Co.; and the Johnson Iron Works, Dry Dock and Shipbuilding, Inc., a New England company connected indirectly with United Fruit. There are also independent companies, like Todd Shipyards Corp., said to be one of the largest ship repair organizations in the world, which shows very slight banking links. These will be important in the event of war, but the six companies specified above are important as producers of war vessels now. To these six companies must be added Electric Boat Co., which occupies a unique position, and whose chief activity is war products. It is the only private company in America building submarines, and it owns basic patents without which no submarine can be built.24 From 1900 to 1927 the company and its licensees built 391 submarines, of which only 165 were constructed in the United States. This figure of 391 submarines does not include a large number which used certain of Electric Boat's patents.25 In 1928 the president of the company wrote in a letter "... the Electric Boat Company is able with perfect confidence to enter into contracts for the building of submarine boats in any part of the world which the buyer may choose, the cost varying in accordance with the basic price of labor in the different countries together with facilities of transportation, manufacture, etc." 26 This acknowledgment of monopoly is borne out by other facts showing complete control by this company. In this country, Bethlehem has the machinery and the equipment to build submarines,27 and during the war the British Government ordered submarines from both Bethlehem and Electric Boat; but, somehow, Bethlehem does not build submarines any more. In 1922 an official of Electric Boat wrote to Grace of Bethlehem,28 "Bethlehem and Electric Boat companies are in many respects practically partners and are so looked upon by the Navy Department in relation to submarine-boat construction..." Bethlehem Shipyards formerly had a sub-contract for the hulls of some of Electric Boat's boats, but around 1924 Electric Boat decided to build its own hulls. The mutual confidence between these "partners" is shown by a letter from one official of Electric Boat to another discussing the decision to build hulls,29 "Moreover, with this equipment in hand, I would not fear their (Bethlehem—E.E.F.) competition in the future and, if necessary, I think we could keep them in line by arranging to give them any excess of Atlantic coast work over our own capacity as well as all Pacific coast work." Electric Boat has a contract with Vickers-Armstrong, Ltd., English armament company, covering the world and arranging for sharing of profits and exchange of patents. This is not only lucrative for Electric Boat, but is helpful in delicate international situations, such as existed in 1927 when Electric Boat was building two boats for Peru. When Chile inquired about boats Electric Boat did not want to accept the order and referred the request to Vickers. Through its close relations with Vickers-Armstrong, which as its chairman has said \*\* "relies very largely on armament orders for its existence" Electric Boat is a member of a world-wide armament group, including Skoda and Mitsui. In spite of its membership in the European armament group, and its world dominance, Electric Boat shows no clear links to topmost American groups. Its directorate suggests a Morgan influence (which is borne out by Electric Boat's connection with Bethlehem Steel); and a tieup with the Central Hanover Bank and Trust Co. Its stock is held by a very large number of brokers—but it is scattered among the second-size houses. The company's financial condition has been bad for many years, but since it is so important in armaments (making depth charges, arbors, Y-guns, cartridges, etc., as well as submarines) it seems likely that there are hidden connections with the larger financial interests. To sum up—these shipbuilding companies control to a large extent naval construction in the United States, and show definite links with the international armament group. Two of them (Bath and Newport) are private companies; two are wholly owned subsidiaries of the two most important steel companies in the United States; and a third is closely linked with the steel industry; N. Y. Shipbuilding is controlled by the Cord group; Electric Boat's stock is scattered in Wall Street brokerage houses, and the company is linked with Bethlehem and Vickers, and through them with the armament industry of the world. # Tanks and Tractors International Harvester Co. is a completely integrated unit, owning coal and iron mines, steel furnaces and rolling mills, and having a production capacity of trucks and tractors far in excess of its present needs. It has many foreign manufacturing and sales subsidiaries. The directors are chiefly the McCormick family of Chicago, but Morgan put through the merger that created this company in 1902, and until recently there was a Morgan partner on the board. Its chief competitor in the tractor field is Caterpillar Tractor Co., owning important patents. Caterpillar is the largest producer of track-type American-La France and Foamite Corp. and La France Republic Corp. are known as manufacturers of fire engines, fire-fighting apparatus and commercial trucks. However, the U. S. Army recently ordered five tanks from American-La France and Foamite. Here we find a very definite indirect Morgan influence. American-La France has a contract with General Motors whereby they have a joint marketing agreement for fire-fighting apparatus (supplied by American-La France) and chassis (supplied by General Motors). Baker-Rouland Co. is small but has important connections with the steel industry and American Shipbuilding Co. (connected with United Drydocks, makers of naval vessels). This company manufactures industrial trucks and tractors and military tractors as well.85 All commercial tractor manufacturers can transform their machinery to make military tractors and tanks. We have mentioned only those companies that are now known to be making tanks and tractors for military use, but it must not be forgotten that the entire automobile industry is also potentially in this field. The dividing line is not clear between industrial tractors and convertible tractors—that is, tractors used in agriculture that can also be immediately converted into military use. # Arms, Ordnance, etc. The field of manufacturing firearms, ammunition, etc., is also not clearly defined. Some companies claim to be only sports arms manufacturers, other companies manufacture guns incidentally to their main business, and still others act as brokers for arms and do no manufacturing at all. In the manufacture of small arms there are five important companies. Remington Arms is now controlled by E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co., and dates back to 1816. It has an English subsidiary company and recently shipped 10,000,000 cartridges to Bolivia. Although there is one director Another important and independent company is the Western Cartridge Co., which owns all the stock of Winchester Repeating Arms Co. This seems to be a private company. Smith and Wesson, Inc., another private company, manufactures pistols and revolvers for domestic and foreign distribution. Its plant at Springfield, Mass., has a capacity of about 125,000 firearms annually. For years the only private source of torpedoes was the E. W. Bliss Co., which manufactures other ordnance as well. The U. S. Government bought from this company, but may manufacture at least part of its torpedo requirements at government arsenals now. This company is not only important in the United States, and in ordnance, but it does a large export business, has plants in London and Paris, and manufactures plane engines under license from an English aviation company. It shows a clear although indirect Morgan influence, and also has a representative of Chase National Bank on its directorate. - 1. The United States Government encouraged these companies. In 1927 a letter from the War Department, Office of Chief of Ordnance, to Driggs Ordnance & Engineering Co. said, "It is the desire of the Ordnance Department that this work (ordnance—E.E.F.) be encouraged in every way possible,..." and also, "In fact, we are in full sympathy with the work and with the building up of munitions work, both in your own company and in other companies in this country, and we will be very glad to coöperate with you to the fullest extent possible if you will simply let us know what you wish." 38 - 2. It is easy to get the parts and machinery to manufacture ordnance from several companies in this country. An ordnance manufacturer testified that one could organize a plant to manufacture war supplies almost overnight.39 bootlegging of arms has been quite simple.\* There are four armament companies, seemingly independent, whose activities are important in the United States and also South America. Driggs Ordnance & Engineering Co. was organized in 1888, and is privately controlled. Its breech and semiarmature mechanisms have been standard equipment of the U. S. Army anti-aircraft guns for a number of years. In 1925 it went into foreign business and has sold ordnance to many South American and smaller European countries. An example of the method of financing war orders occurred in 1929 when Driggs tried to get an order from Poland and inquired from Chase Securities Co. in New York about financing it. Chase Securities advised that a pending so-called railroad loan be increased to cover this war order, and then "The whole should be known as a 'railroad loan' so that there need be no talk of borrowing for war material." In the order did not go through, but in 1932 Poland ordered anti-aircraft guns from Driggs amounting to \$1,800,000. Driggs' main competitor is the American Armament Corp., formed in 1933 by a former employee of Driggs, without any capital investment whatsoever by its founders. Within seven months the company had secured contracts from Bolivia and other countries valued at \$2,902,000.63 It made a manufacturing and profit-sharing agreement with Elevator Supplies Co., in building supplies for over 40 years, and can, by this arrangement, make armaments. Furthermore, the company represents Soley Armament Co., Ltd., in North and South America. Soley, located in England, is said to control more munitions for immediate sale than any other private company except possibly Benny Spiro of Berlin.64 Soley is said to have a factory in Belgium which is limited to an output of about 3,000 rifles per week.65 But an officer of Soley, writing to American Armament Corp. in February, 1934, said "...we are really the sole selling channel for small arms, etc., which belong to the British War Office,..." Therefore, the connection of American Armament with Soley is of great importance. Laboratories was made technical adviser to the Cuban Government of Mendieta on all police matters. Most of the domestic business is with the police departments in the United States. The Railway Audit and Inspection Co., which furnishes employers with undercover operators during strikes has a director on this company. Another interesting director is Penniman of Atlas Powder Co., which indicates a duPont influence.46 The chief known competitor of this company is Lake Erie Chemical Co., sometimes known as U. S. Ordnance Engineers, Inc., which is not the same company technically, but has an identity of stock owners and seemingly of personnel. The export company is called Export Consolidated, and its handling of rifles permits the officers of Lake Erie to testify that that company does not deal in rifles. Lake Erie has sold gases to the Police Department of New York City for several years. According to an agreement signed in 1932 Lake Erie is building a poison-gas plant in China for the Nanking Government, which is not yet completed. There is no information about the financial control of this company, and it seems to be privately owned like many others in this branch of the armament industry. # Metals, Machinery and Tools Large orders for machines and tools have been recently placed not only by the U. S. Navy and War Departments, but also by various companies that needed these products in order to fill their Navy and War Department orders. Some of the largest companies specialize in supplying one or two groups of industries. Thus, certain companies supply equipment for the oil industry, others depend chiefly on the automobile and aviation industries. In such cases the machine and tool company and important units in the industry supplied are often under identical control. For example, the Niles-Bement-Pond Company shows a strong National City Bank influence, and at the same time it has a large interest in the United Aircraft and Transport group and the Zeppelin companies—also under the National City Bank influence. In many other products there is no mass production since the chief factor is design. The companies in this field are frequently small and privately-owned—but nevertheless important. There have been relatively few mergers in this industry. Control is scattered, and the industry's development has been uneven. On one hand, encouragement is offered to small companies by the demand for specialized products, by the lack of mass production in some important articles, and by the prospect of increased war orders. On the other hand, a high degree of concentration exists in some specialized fields. Also, certain large industries seem to be extending their activities into this field. # The Wall Street Journal (February 21, 1935) says: Pacifists would be amazed if they could have a glance at the order books of some of the munitions makers. In a few special instances plants are booked from six months to a year ahead and plans are being considered for making some additions to present capacity. Light ordnance business is particularly good and with the War Department asking for appropriations for a greatly enlarged aircraft defense, calling for machine guns as well as flying craft, the end is not in sight. It may be that the munitions business is accounting for the surprising manner in which miscellaneous demands for steel are holding up. A total of 20 broad strip mills have already been built by various steel companies. These 20 mills have a potential annual capacity of over 10,000,000 gross tons—at a time when the industry has been operating at less than 50% of capacity.40 Already identity of financial interest runs through various phases of war industry through the wide Morgan connections in steel and armor plate, in shipbuilding, in the making of tractors and automobiles, and in the chemical industry through the Morgan-duPont alliance. In other fields, for example, machine guns and submarines, to which no direct Morgan links have been revealed, a close patent monopoly is maintained by some one company that operates in profitable harmony with the Army and Navy. Certain elements of an armament ring are present but they ### Rulers of America have not yet been brought together in compact corporate unity and in several fields—including chemicals which large corporations dominate—much important production is scattered among small independent companies. As we have noted, there is no real division between war- and peacetime industries. The War Staffs have laid plans so that many companies in every industry will have a definite part, already assigned, in the next war. Thus, the United States' policy of industrial preparedness, linked with armament expenditures that increase every year, means simply that all industry is now prepared for war. # \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* #### CHAPTER XVI # RAILROADS, THE RIPEST MONOPOLY # The Big Systems In spite of its extreme development, monopoly in the railroad world has never been completely unified and absolute. The shipper sending goods from Chicago or St. Louis to New York has a choice of routes operated by different railroad corporations. Competition of alternative routes under separate and distinct control has been theoretically required for all the principal long-haul railroad arteries, but such competition has been subject to detailed federal regulation of rates. Competing roads may not bargain with shippers and underbid one another to attract freight. And this modified competition among railroads for long hauls between chief centers of population, or from one general region to another, breaks down into obvious and complete monopoly so far as railroad transportation is concerned for hundreds of smaller towns and for some important industrial regions. "independent" roads are under the control of some other road which holds a considerable minority block of stock in the "independent" road. The most important examples of this relationship are shown in the list of railroads included among the largest 200 corporations in the United States. (See Appendix B, page 310.) In a class by itself is the Van Sweringen group of railroads. Here several large roads operating independently have been controlled through a maze of holding companies heading up in Alleghany Corp. Somewhat similar are certain developments of the Pennsylvania system, through two holding companies, but here the stock owned by the holding companies usually supplements stock owned in the same roads by the Pennsylvania Railroad itself. Our list of railroads among the largest 200 corporations shows 38 operating roads and the Alleghany Corp. which controls five operating roads not listed separately. But when all the important minority stock holdings are taken into account, these 43 operating roads fall into 21 corporate groups. Among these are 13 major systems, operating each more than 5,000 miles of track and together controlling, directly or indirectly, nearly 90% of the total mileage in the United States. ### MORGAN Major Systems Smaller Roads Delaware, Lackawanna & Western Florida East Coast New York Central # KUHN, LOEB Major Systems Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Delaware & Hudson ### MORGAN AND KUHN, LOEB Major Systems Smaller Roads Baltimore & Ohio Chicago & North Western Southern Pacific Chicago Great Western Missouri-Kansas-Texas Western Pacific This list understates the overlapping of interest by Morgan and Kuhn, Loeb in the railroad field. For Kuhn, Loeb continued its banking connection with two roads captured by the Alleghany group: Missouri Pacific and Chicago & Eastern Illinois. And Morgan banking connection continues with New York, New Haven & Hartford and Lehigh Valley although both are now controlled by Pennsylvania. # Chaos and Monopoly Consolidation of roads to promote economy of operation was recognized as desirable for the railroad companies and for shippers when the railroads were returned to their private owners after the World War. Planning and regulation of consolidated systems were authorized in the Transportation Act of 1920. Employing the most expert technical advice they could summon, the Interstate Commerce Commission published in 1921 a tentative plan for 19 systems, and began to hold hearings and invite criticism from the railroad corporations. Not until 1929, however, did the I.C.C. offer its definite plan, proposing 21 systems. But the purpose of the consolidations was never clearly defined. They were supposed to serve the traffic needs of the country with a maximum of efficiency and economy. At the same time competitive services on long hauls were to be maintained. And back of the terms of the act was the recognized financial purpose to rescue the roads which were financially weak and enable them to meet interest charges and dividends to private owners. The I.C.C. might recommend such integrating of roads as would throw traffic over unprofitable routes, but this would probably be in direct conflict with economy and efficiency. The I.C.C. might veto new railroad security issues but it had no authority to order the reorganization of capital structure to squeeze out the water from over-capitalized roads. Also it must fix uniform rates but there was no way of adjusting these uniform rates to provide a profit for the weakest roads without presenting the strong roads with a superprofit! Academically, it was assumed that weak roads might be hitched into systems with the strong roads and their income be increased by a sort of pooling of the strong roads' profits. But the strong railroad interests had seen to it that the I.C.C. should have no power to enforce its consolidation plans except the negative power of vetoing other combinations. No strong corporation would voluntarily absorb a weak road unless the controlling bankers saw an immediate profit to themselves in the deal.\* In the meantime the Act of 1920 required, in its so-called "recapture clause," that any "net railway operating income in excess of 6 per centum of the value of the railway property" should be set aside, one-half of it in a special reserve of the corporation, one-half "recoverable by and paid to the Commission for the purpose of establishing and maintaining a general railroad contingent fund." The basis of valuation was hotly contested and practically all the money claimed by the I.C.C. for the contingent fund was retained in the railroad treasuries in special reserves. The clause was unconditionally repealed in 1933, the repeal releasing to the railroad companies some \$360,000,000 which had accumulated from excess profits since 1920.\*\* The whole scheme was worked out without regard to the effect of consolidations upon railroad employment. Plan or no plan, the big roads and the dominant groups proceeded to push railroad mergers. From 1920 through 1929, control of more than 50,000 miles of road (about one-fifth of the total in the United States) was acquired by lease and/or stock ownership under permission of the I.C.C.¹ Most of these mergers were in line with the tentative plan of the I.C.C., but none of them accomplished the building up of a system proposed by the Commission. Parallel with these approved mergers, there \*\* Of this total over \$116,000,000 returned to the principal coal-carrying roads: Chesapeake & Ohio and Hocking Valley of the Van Sweringen group; Norfolk & Western of the Pennsylvania system; and the Virginian. About \$45,000,000 returned to the ore-carrying railroads owned by the U. S. Steel Corp. (Hearings on Recapture Clause of Transportation Act, U. S. Senate Committee on Interstate Commerce, 73d Congress, 1st Session, 1933, p. 12.) Regulation came later when the system of secret rebates which served Rockefeller and, less conspicuously, some other industrial buccaneers, had begun to involve too many difficulties both for the railroad capitalists and for other large interests. The government stepped in to prevent rate cutting and thereby stabilized railroad income at a higher level than it could achieve on the basis of free competition. Officially stabilized rates have given with government sanction the advantages of monopoly agreement. So long as industry and traffic were expanding this was one of the chief financial services rendered by the government to the railroads. When the crisis of 1929 cut into traffic and revenue, the railroad corporations put up a new plea for government help. As in all capitalist industries, most of the railroads have been capitalized on the basis of expected revenue from continued expansion of traffic. The crisis made it impossible for many of the roads to meet their bond interest and all but a few gilt-edged roads had no net profits for the stockholders after interest and other "fixed charges" were met. Bonds and short-term loans were coming due for which railroads could not raise funds through the usual private banking procedure. So when the Reconstruction Finance Corp. was set up in January, 1932, it began immediately to lend millions to railroads. Up to April 30, 1935, the railroad loans authorized by the R.F.C. had totaled \$507,645,424. Of this sum, \$458,061,572 had been actually advanced and only \$71,444,-278 had been repaid. About two-thirds of the grand total had been authorized during the first year of the R.F.C. These earlier loans (to January 31, 1933) were analyzed in detail in Senate hearings, and fell into the following classifications: | To pay taxes, vouchers for materials, wages, etc. | \$39,795,000 | |-------------------------------------------------------|--------------| | To pay interest | 73,960,000 | | To meet equipment trust and bond principal maturities | 102,831,000 | | To pay bank loans and other loans | 53,965,000 | | For rebuilding or for new construction | 61,495,000 | | Miscellaneous | 5,387,000 | Railroad companies were favored in the distribution of federal "public works" funds. During the calendar year 1934, the Public Works Adminis- \* Net figure (at par) after deduction of stocks and bonds owned by other railroads. were set up under the Erdman Act in 1898, and strengthened in 1913 (Newlands Act) and 1920 (Transportation Act). But the machinery was not perfected until the Railway Labor Act of 1926. With the rising wave of labor struggle during the crisis-depression, the more liberal forces in the Roosevelt administration realized that the continued success of arbitration machinery might depend on the workers' choosing their own representatives. Shop workers might revolt against the company unions which had taken possession of them in many railroad systems after the defeat of the shop strike in 1922.\* So in 1934 the Railway Labor Act was amended to weaken the hold of the company unions. The yellow-dog contract was forbidden. And it was made unlawful for any carrier to contribute funds or give assistance to any organization which was to represent the workers in their collective bargaining. The company unions—stimulated, of course, by the railroad companies—tried to set up inter-system organizations. But with the withdrawal of company funds these failed to develop. In most of the shop elections held during the past two years, the regular shop craft unions have won majority support. And the *New Republic* in its issue of November 20, 1935, could state: "One of the things you have not read very much about in the daily press is the extraordinary purge of company unions that has been—and still is—taking place on the railroads. Within the past year or so, such unions have been scrapped on more than seventy-five roads, including some of the largest." It must not be forgotten, however, that the regular shop craft unions have been revived and have won recognition as organizations for collective bargaining and arbitration of disputes under the strike-breaking Railway Labor Act. Top officials of the railroad brotherhoods (train and engine workers) which had retained recognition on all "Class I" railroads \*\* had accepted the companies' no-strike policy and offered no resistance to the increasing speed-up and mass dismissals which had resulted even before the crisis. They did obtain in the Emergency Transportation Act of 1933 the proviso that approved economies in operation must not bring the total number of a railroad's workers below the May, 1933, figure as modified by "deaths, normal retirements, or resignations." But between 1923 and 1933, a million workers and employees had been dropped without replacement. Government, under the guidance of the capitalists, has given the railroad companies the advantages of monopoly and has admitted some responsibility for restoring the roads to a profitable basis. It has set up the machinery to keep railroad workers quiet and eliminate strikes. The Roosevelt administration backs measures for extending regulation over In pointing out the need for extending such regulation, Prof. Chas. A. Beard presented a mass of material on recent dealings through which the financial groups had manipulated railway stocks and in order to support their deals had interfered with safety by speeding up the workers and ordering dangerous economies in operation. Other fresh evidence of such policies is promised in the course of the investigation of railway finance now ordered by the Senate. Railroads are probably nearer than any other industry in the United States to such state capitalism, which is the last phase of capitalist monopoly.
of total sales | | |---------------------------------------|----------------------------------------|--------------| | Shoe stores | 1933
46.2 | 1929
38.0 | | Combination stores (groceries & meat) | 43.7 | 32.2 | | Cigar stores & stands | 33.9 | 25.1 | | Drug stores | 25.1 | 18.5 | | Department stores | 23.9 | 16.7 | Groups of department stores which have been brought under common ownership but continue to use the different names under which the several stores have been developed are classified separately from the chain department stores. This form of non-chain ownership group is used especially when old-established large stores are involved. Fourteen such groups reported by the 1930 census, had 23% of the total department store sales, as against 16% of sales received by the 33 chain groups of department stores. These "ownership groups" include R. H. Macy & Co., Inc., (New York) which owns three stores in other cities: L. Bamberger & Co. in Newark, LaSalle & Koch Co. in Toledo, and Davison-Paxon Co. in Atlanta. Federated Department Stores, Inc., controls three Boston stores (Filene's, R. H. White and Continental Clothing Co.), Bloomingdale's in New York, Abraham & Straus in Brooklyn, the Lazarus store in Columbus, Ohio, and Shillito's in Cincinnati. Associated Dry Goods Corp. controls Lord & Taylor and McCreery's in New York, J. N. Adam & Co. and # Trading and Producing For example, several grocery and combination chains operate bakeries, canneries, jam kitchens, etc., and soft-drink bottling plants. They have special contracts with large dairy farms and supervise without owning the production of butter, cheese and eggs. Sears, Roebuck & Co. (with sales about evenly divided between its chain of department stores and its mail order business) manufactures about 5% of the goods that it sells. Its factories produce farm implements, paint and varnish, cameras and phonographs, and musical instruments. It has lumber mills and box factories. Many other goods are produced by outsiders under special contract. Marshall Field & Co., Inc., owns some 25 textile mills and as many factories and workrooms. It manufactures bedspreads, blankets, silks, handkerchiefs, laces, men's clothing and shirts, knitted underwear, rugs and other dry goods. Much of the ready-made clothing sold in large stores is made by outside clothing factories on special order and under detailed specifications set by the retail dealer. None of these food or drug stores depends entirely on such controlled production. They all carry many lines of goods which they do not themselves manufacture, and often they find it profitable to carry brands that compete with their own products. They remain primarily retail traders, and with few exceptions they do not manufacture for outside markets. Some of the largest retailers—notably Woolworth—have not themselves entered any field of production. Several shoe chains have been built up in close relation to manufacturers. For example, the largest—the Melville Shoe Corp. with its four distinct chains of stores \*—depends entirely on the output of eleven factories, in which it probably holds some financial interest and which have no other outlets for their products. The Florsheim shoe chain is openly owned by a manufacturing company. In the two great dairy products companies—Borden's and National Dairy Products Corp.—we find another type of coördination between retail trade, wholesale trade and production. Both companies do a large retail business in milk, with delivery systems of their own (operating under many different names) and between them they dominate the fluid milk supply in at least 39 cities and towns in the United States, in Havana, Cuba, and in six Canadian cities. They also have in some cities chains of retail dairy stores (with limited lines of outside groceries). At the same time their fluid milk and much of the ice cream, cheese, and butter which they manufacture are sold to independent retailers. They maintain a few large dairy farms of their own, but most of the milk is purchased from outside farmers. In the face of all such developments, it is obvious that the independent wholesalers have been somewhat reduced. Estimates included in the 1930 Census of Distribution are important on this point, although they refer only to the trade of 1929, and no earlier or later figures are available for comparison. In 1929, less than half of the American manufactured goods sold in the United States for home consumption had passed through the hands of outside wholesalers. About 8% went directly from manufacturer to home consumer, and the remainder was about equally divided: 46% going from manufacturers directly to retailers and 46% going to retailers through outside wholesale dealers. With farm products, the outside wholesalers played a far more important role. Only 10% of the total farm sales went directly to the retailer or the consumer. When the outside wholesaler is eliminated, the manufacturer or the retailer or both naturally increase their share in the surplus value embodied in the goods. For products in which the trade is highly competitive, a small part of this advantage is usually sacrificed by passing on the goods to the purchaser in slightly lower prices in order to increase the volume of trade. So grocery and drug chains and mail order houses consistently undercut their "independent" competitors, but since their costs are low and their volume of trade is large, their profits are usually high.\*\* Automobile dealers and filling stations constitute perhaps the most important group with a low ratio of purchase from outside wholesale dealers. Here the producers have built up aggressive sales departments which deal directly with retailers and rigidly control the retail prices. Practically all the 30,000 dealers in new cars are tied to some one John Ward, Rival, Thom McAn, Travelers. \*\* Liggett's drug stores and United Cigar Stores apparently went into bankruptcy not through lack of operating profits from total sales, but because of overexpansion in real estate investment which collapsed in the crisis. "To-day, all dealer activities have become the manufacturer's affair. He not only determines how many cars should be sold every month, and fixes the price and the inventory; he also controls the servicing of the cars, the bookkeeping, the advertising, the location and appearance of the premises, the boundaries of the territory, and the number of dealers to be placed in town... His dealer, free and independent capitalist though he may be, has been reduced to taking orders and making repairs." Some auto companies have required a uniform accounting system. "A dealer without such an accounting system usually finds it impossible to borrow from the bank, and pays high interest rates to finance companies. But, with a system recommended by the manufacturer and certified by accountants, the local bank is only just around the corner. From the viewpoint of the manufacturer: "The general proposition may be laid down, then, that to succeed, 'dealer operations' must be thorough, almost to infinity." Richard H. Grant of General Motors had pushed "dealer operations" furthest toward their logical extreme. "If one can characterize his merchandising in a few words, it is that he treats his 17,000 \* independent capitalists as children." Among filling stations the ratio of chain sales (35% of the total) is of course much greater, but here also "independent" station owners, as well as the chains, are frequently tied by special conditions to a single oil company. The position of "independent" stations is described by the Census as follows: Three other forms of big capital penetration of retail trade must be noted. (1) Direct selling by manufacturers to consumers through house-to-house canvassers and (2) the maintenance of household appliance stores by utilities both increased from 1929 to 1933. But together these accounted for only one per cent of the total retail trade. Even smaller in volume but of great importance to tens of thousands of industrial workers, is (3) the trade of company stores, classified by the census as "industrial stores (including commissaries)." The number of such stores doubled between 1929 and 1933, and their percentage of total sales rose slightly. But their \$95,578,000 of retail sales in 1933 were still less than half of one per cent of the total in the United States. The true importance of these 2,719 stores \* lies in the conditions under which they operate. In many company towns workers are practically forced to trade at the company store, and sometimes there is no other store within easy distance. Company stores have low labor costs and a bare minimum of other expenses, since their monopoly position requires no advertising and relatively little skill in buying. As part of a large industrial company they have usually ample credit, and can buy on favorable terms. And yet, in spite of these advantages in cost, company stores commonly boost their prices above those prevailing in their general territory. Chain stores, "ownership groups" of stores, controlled "independent" agencies, and manufacturers' retail outlets combine to push more and more petty capitalist traders out of business or turn them into convenient tools of the big corporations. Just which of the big capital groups are leading this advance against the stronghold of the little business man? # Financial Groups in Retail Trade Many of the top financial groups are involved. Motor manufacturing and trade are, of course, dominated by the Morgan-duPont General Motors and by the Ford Motor Company. The roadside gas dealer is in subjection to Rockefeller, Mellon and their semi-competitive associates in the oil industry. (See Chapter X.) In the daily trade which intimately concerns the masses of workers who must have food and clothing, the situation indicates continued maneuvering for position. Since necessary consumers' goods have held up better during the crisis than the luxury goods and the heavy industries, every financial group now wants to get its nose into this section of the profit trough. outside financial control. But the president, John A. Hartford, of the family which founded the company, has long been a director of the Guaranty Trust Co. of New York, and the vice-president, A. G. Hoffman, continues as a director of Chase National Bank. With this outstanding exception, most of the leading chain store groups, the two great mail-order houses, and the principal non-chain department store groups are directly, or indirectly but definitely, linked with some one of four financial groups: the Lehman Brothers-Goldman, Sachs alliance; the Morgan firm; the Morrow brothers who work in close alliance with Morgan banks; or Merrill, Lynch & Co., a Wall Street investment house which has specialized in chain-store stocks. The Lehman-Goldman, Sachs companies include Sears, Roebuck and at least six department store chains or groups (Macy, Gimbel, Federated group, Allied Stores, Interstate group, and May Department Stores) besides at least three "independent" stores (Kaufmann's and Horne's in Pittsburgh and The Outlet in Providence). Their department stores had in 1933 more than 25% of the total department store trade in the United States. They lead in the variety store field, with the Woolworth, Grant and Kress chains. They seem to be dominant in National Dairy Products, the largest dairy concern in the country, and at least three grocery chains (Kroger, American Stores, and Jewel Tea). They are also represented on Florsheim Shoe and on A. G. Spalding & Bros., sporting goods manufacturer and retailer. The Morgan firm is directly represented on Montgomery, Ward & Co. and with several outside Morgan lieutenants obviously controls the board. Marshall Field is also indirectly within the Morgan sphere of influence, through the big Chicago banks, through the financial coöperation of Field, Glore & Co. (investment house of the Field store family) with the Morgan firm and through other interests of Marshall Field directors. Morgan and Lehman are both represented on Associated Dry Goods Corp., one of the important department store groups. George K. Morrow and his brother are Canadian capitalists, not related to the late Dwight Morrow who was a Morgan partner. In acquiring control of American food companies and chain stores they have commonly used the old device of a voting trust to hold their control, and their voting trustees usually include either E. W. Stetson, vice-president of Guaranty Trust Co., or Henry S. Sturgis, vice-president of First National Bank,—both of whom are, of course, Morgan lieutenants. This Morrow-Morgan combine controls United Drug, Inc., and United Stores Corp. whose subsidiaries included until October, 1935, United Cigar Stores, Whelan Drug stores and Pennsylvania Drug stores. When they sold these subsidiaries to a new, independent group, Phoenix Securities Corp., they had already moved toward control by United Stores of two of the smaller variety chains: McCrory Stores and McLellan Stores. Chains backed by Merrill, Lynch include Melville Shoe, two of the important grocery chains (First National Stores and Safeway Stores), and S. S. Kresge, second largest variety chain. A few other scattering interests are worth noting. The Borden Co. is interlocked with the Chase National Bank (Rockefeller). Wanamaker's (with vast stores in New York and Philadelphia) is closely owned but floated bonds in 1929 through Brown Brothers. J. C. Penney Co., a leading chain in the field of clothing and dry goods, has friendly relations with Chemical Bank & Trust Co. and Chase National Bank, but no bankers are on the board. Best & Co., a smart New York clothing store, with branches in suburbs and resorts, is backed by Hayden, Stone & Co. Clearly, the petty tradesman finds himself in an increasingly difficult situation. If he has a good location, a chain store pursues him with its undercutting competition. He must usually buy his goods from wholesalers who have taken off a slice of the surplus value and leave him a narrow margin of profit. If he turns hopefully to the filling station business which requires an absolute minimum of capital, he merely adds to the thousands of new outlets for which there is no corresponding increase in trade. (From 1929 to 1933, the number of filling stations increased from 121,513 to 170,404, while their total sales dropped from \$1,787,000,000 to \$1,532,000,000.) The crisis has worsened the independent trader's position, but the trend was against him even during prosperity. At the same time, of course, the growth of large stores and of chain stores has served to bring together much greater numbers of wage-workers and organized struggle is beginning to develop among retail clerks. The years 1934 and 1935 saw widespread strikes among retail workers. #### CHAPTER XIX # MONOPOLY AND COMPETITION # Monopoly, a Product of Big Industry The special privileges and advantages which are the essence of monopoly develop with the increasing concentration of industry and banking in large corporate units. They grow out of the forces used by capitalists in their competitive struggle. Questions of cost, of markets, of capital resources and credit all tend to build up the large industrial concerns interlocked with large banks and to cut down the total number of competitors. Some measure of monopoly privilege is inherent in large-scale operation and the fusion of banking and industrial interests. It appears and continues when no one concern controls even a majority of the total output in a given industry. Rival monopolies are characteristic of the imperialist era. panies and their chief American competitors, while the production of domestic crude oil has been largely carried on by small enterprises. Modern oil refineries are not necessarily large, but large refining companies have a tremendous advantage through the extra profits they derive from the manufacture and sale of by-products which smaller companies are unable to develop. Outside the United States, the largest American oil companies—and their British-Dutch competitors—have captured and developed the crude oil production also. Many of the farms within the United States that operate on the basis of free competition among themselves find their markets blocked by a purchasing monopoly and have to accept prices held below a free-competitive level. Other non-mineral resources—notably timber in the United States and Canada, beet sugar and fruit in the West and cane sugar in Cuba, bananas in Central America, rubber in Brazil and Liberia—have been manipulated directly by large American companies owning vast areas of land Corporation control of research laboratories and patents has also played an important role. Patent laws were supposed to protect the property rights of inventors. But with the increasing complexity of modern technique the poor inventor has small chance unless he is employed in some corporation laboratory. There the corporation appropriates the fruits of his work. When the company holds a strong position with a wide spread between prices and costs it may actually block technical progress by salting away patents for new processes which would undermine the value of existing equipment. If an outsider hits upon a valuable device the patent office stands ready to register his claim, but new devices can make little headway without large capital backing. The independent inventor is likely to be caught between two sets of exploiters. Some existing corporation may think it worth while to pirate the new idea and spend thousands of dollars for lawyers to defend itself against court action. Or the inventor who wins outside financial backing may find himself an unequal match for the profit-making habits of his own promoters and be thrown out while they make fortunes for themselves. So in the age of large-scale capitalist production patents have become a tool of the few great corporations against their small competitors. But basic patents are sometimes shared among several corporations while these same companies compete in other respects. Not only size but the general financial power of a controlling group is an element in strengthening monopoly. This may be illustrated in the market for so-called "capital goods" where we often find identity of financial interests selling and buying machines or materials. We have noted above (Chapter VII) the Morgan dominance in a whole series of companies involving the production and use of steel. Manufacture of machinery is scattered among many companies. Here we find many specialized products that do not lend themselves to mass production. But in their several fields various machine manufacturing Integration of the successive stages of production is carried to its most complete and logical conclusion, so far as capitalist organization is concerned, when companies engaged in all the processes from raw materials to finished products are brought within control of a single corporation and become a "vertical trust." # Monopoly Profits The drive for the higher profits of monopoly becomes increasingly sharp. We have already noted that many of the great industrial mergers were put over by bankers for the sake of immediate profits from the issuing of new securities. This process has always included a marked trend toward excess capitalization, that is, a structure of fictitious capital related, not to the true value of the physical assets of the corporation—land, buildings, equipment—and the funds required for materials and wages, but to profits which the company hopes to make through its privileged connections, patents, and other phases of monopoly. Physical plant itself is geared for peak loads of boom years and steady expansion of output. The goal of modern industrial monopoly is the gathering in of profits large enough to maintain idle capacity and to give "satisfactory" returns on excess capitalization. Profit advantages of monopoly operate chiefly in four ways: by reducing the cost of materials; by reducing labor costs; by acquiring a relative certainty of markets; and by maintaining (or increasing) the prices received. Wage cutting is the most obvious means of driving down labor cost. But labor cost is also reduced by technological changes which increase the workers' productivity or by devices for speeding up the workers and requiring a greater intensity of labor. Such devices are developed with the growth of large-scale production. They conceal within themselves certain inner contradictions which lead to a more and more aggressive attack on the workers.\* The greater the degree of monopoly, the greater is the relative certainty of a market for the product. This certainty can never be more than relative because capitalist society is so basically unstable that periodically a crisis clogs all the "normal" outlets. Also, the growth of monopoly does not eliminate competition but sharpens the rivalry among great units of industry and banking. \* Marx in his development of the labor theory of value analyzes the basic long run trend toward a lower average rate of profit. All the profit drawn by the capitalist class (under whatever name it may be distributed, including rent, interest and profits on stock) is derived from the surplus value created by the workers. It represents the difference between the value workers receive as wages and the total new value added by their labor to the materials and equipment they handle. As constant capital (invested in industrial plant and materials) increases, variable capital (total wages paid to the workers) decreases relatively and at some periods absolutely. The great social reservoir of surplus value tends to fall in relation to the growing volume of capital which this reservoir must supply with streams of profit. Each concern tries to widen the spread between the wages paid for labor power and the total new value created by the workers' labor. Therefore the very forces which in the long run tend to reduce the rate of profit set up a long-term counter trend of increasing productivity, speeding-up and intensifying labor, and repeated attacks on workers' wages. (See Capital, vol. 3, part III.) evidence supports the conclusion that necessary sensitivity to changing market conditions was being lost.2 | 1913100 | 1927137 | |----------|---------| | 1920221 | 1928139 | | 1921140 | 1929137 | | 1922139 | 1930124 | | 1923144 | 1931105 | | 1924141 | 1932 93 | | 19254148 | 1933 94 | | 1926143 | 1934107 | We have already noted that the "regulated" monopolies have had the advantage of official stabilization of prices at levels determined by their demand for profits on excess capitalization. # Monopoly and Competition Almost no absolute industrial monopoly held by a single compact corporation is operating in the United States. The Mellon aluminum trust, electric utilities in their several localities, and the Bell telephone system are the nearest approach to such a monopoly in this country. Because of the strength of petty capitalist interests, including the large farming population, laws have been passed and kept upon the statute books to prevent the growth of single corporations holding within themselves an obvious and nearly complete monopoly in any one commodity. \*Wholesale price index, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, with base shifted from 1026 to 1013: markets among rival national monopolies have repeatedly shown themselves more unstable than, for example, the cartels and trusts within a single country like Germany.\* From another angle, large corporations with an important interest in export markets have set up a confused competition within themselves. For example, General Motors and Ford have greatly increased the capacity of their foreign factories and assembly plants so as to produce behind the tariff walls of other countries while even during the boom some of their plant capacity and workers in the United States were left in idleness. And conversely, the rayon industry in the United States has been developed partly by the duPont company but chiefly by subsidiaries of the European international rayon combine. Certain forms of basic competition attack strong monopoly groups within their own countries. Development of substitute materials, new processes, and new products has made increasing disturbance with the increasing size of capital investment in established industries and the general slowing up of market expansion. Obvious examples of this in recent years within the United States have included the development of motor traffic which has taken passengers and freight from the railroads; displacement of steel by alloy steels and aluminum; increased use of fuel oil and hydro-electric power in competition with coal; long-distance piping of natural gas to communities in which manufactured gas had held a monopoly; development of chemical yarns and fabrics in competition with cotton, silk and leather. In the mineral industries, increasing amounts of scrap have been available, sometimes creating serious inroads on the market for virgin metals.\*\* The more successful monopoly proves itself in its record of prices and profits the more aggressively some outside group will attempt to enter its field. The higher the price of a metal, the larger the volume of scrap placed on the market. \*For a brief but comprehensive record of international monopolies and other international concerns see *International Combines in Modern Industry*, by Alfred Plummer. London, 1934. petition with Baldwin Locomotive Works. And note that three Morgan concerns (General Electric, General Motors, and American Radiator & Standard Sanitary) are among the eight leaders in the field of air-conditioning. separate corporate organisms which they have created. Free competition is the fundamental property of capitalism and of commodity production generally. Monopoly is the direct opposite of free competition; but we have seen the latter being transformed into monopoly before our very eyes, creating large-scale production and squeezing out small-scale production, replacing large-scale production by larger-scale production, finally leading to such a concentration of production and capital that monopoly has been and is the result.... And at the same time the monopolies, which have sprung from free competition, do not eliminate it, but exist alongside of it and over it, thereby giving rise to a number of very acute and bitter antagonisms, points of friction, and conflicts. \* For a discussion of this point see Lenin's Introduction to *Imperialism and World Economy* by N. Bukharin, in Lenin, *Collected Works*, Vol. XVIII, pp. 399-403. International Publishers, New York. ### \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* Part Three CAPITALISM IN CRISIS #### CHAPTER XX # WALL STREET'S FOREIGN EMPIRE True to the world pattern of imperialism sketched by Lenin, this foreign investment, or export of capital, has been carried out by "monopolist combines of the biggest entrepreneurs." Big corporations operating in the United States and tied in with Wall Street finance, have reached out for foreign holdings: metal mines, oil wells, tropical plantations, cattle herds and packing plants, lumber reserves and paper mills and factories and sales apparatus in foreign countries. Holding companies, set up in Wall Street, have acquired control of foreign utilities. Banks have organized foreign branches. Morgan, Kuhn Loeb, Dillon Read and other private bankers, and National City Bank, Chase National Bank, Guaranty Trust Co. and a few other big commercial banks have mobilized billions of dollars of private capital for the purchase of bonds issued by foreign governments and foreign corporations. The \$16 billion total is about evenly divided between "direct" investments of American corporations abroad and bonds issued by foreign governments and foreign corporations. # Colonies and Protectorates\* \*For area, population, and investment of American capital in colonies and protectorates, see Appendix I, p. 338, and Appendix J, p. 339. | Direct . | Invest- | | |------------------------------|--------------------|----------| | ment | s of AU | * | | Amer | ican Other | | | Corpor | ations Investments | Total | | • | in millions of | dollars | | Canada and Newfoundland 2,04 | 8.8 1,892.9 | 3,941.7 | | Mexico, Central America & | | • | | West Indies 2,00 | 2.9 562.0 | 2,564.9 | | South America 1,63 | 1.0 1,410.9 | 3,041.9 | | Europe 1,46 | 8.6 3,460.6 | 4,929.2 | | Asia 44 | 4.8 645.1 | 1,080,0 | | Oceania | 4.6 264.7 | 410.3 | | Africa | 5.3 2.5 | 117.8 | | Total 7,86 | 6.0 8,238.7 | 16,104.7 | Annexation of Hawaii had been proposed in 1893 after a sugarpromoted revolution had overthrown the Hawaiian government, but it was not carried through until five years later. In 1898, Hawaii became a territory of the United States. President McKinley's advisors were swayed not only by the demands of the American sugar men in Hawaii but also by the desire to gain permanent title to the Pearl Harbor naval base. This had been used by the United States since 1884 under a treaty with the Hawaiian government. Cuba has been second only to Canada in the total volume of capital invested by American corporations. Machado, the bloody tyrant who ruled Cuba from 1925 to 1933, had been a local executive of Morgan utilities. When he was overthrown by a revolutionary general strike, various elements in Cuba struggled for power. The United States sending battleships to Cuba and withholding recognition threw its influence openly against the "left" government of Grau Martin. His successor, Mendieta, a hand-picked candidate cordially endorsed by the American minister at Havana, returned to practically the same despotic, violent tactics as all workers' and peasants' organizations. "Disorders" in Cuba had been advertised as the cause of the Spanish War, but the United States also took from Spain the island of Puerto Rico, like Cuba at the entrance to the Caribbean; and for good measure it drove Spain from the Pacific. The little island of Guam and Spain's large tropical colony, the Philippine Islands, southeast of China, were added to the empire of the United States. Conflicting economic interests developed within the United States in relation to the Philippines. Those who control the profitable gold mines on the island of Luzon and look forward to development of chrome and manganese deposits have opposed independence. But the powerful beetsugar and large dairy interests in this country have demanded a tariff barrier against Philippine sugar and cocoanut oil. Their lobbies played an important role in pushing for the modified independence which was granted in 1934 and which sets up immediate restrictions on the entrance of Philippine products into the United States. The chief value of the Philippines has been the magnificent harbor and naval and military base which they provide in the Far East. This exclusive privilege will doubtless be retained by the United States in the negotiations which are to follow the granting of so-called "independence." \* Aid for the new semi-independent Philippine government from an advisory military commission of the United States Army was authorized by Congress in May, 1035.2 Already in 1898 deliberate expansion of Pacific trade and investment \*Granted as from 1946 in an act of March 24, 1934. In accordance with this act, a constitution for the transition period was drafted by a Philippine constitutional convention in October, 1934, and approved by President Roosevelt in March, 1935. It was submitted to a plebiscite and accepted. The terms of "independence" are opposed by the Communist Party of the Philippine Islands and the Communist Party of the United States, which demand immediate and unconditional separation of the Philippine Islands from the United States. They are also opposed by the non-Communist "Sakdalistas" who attempted an armed uprising, bloodily suppressed, in May, 1935. Also in 1898, during the war with Spain, plans were maturing for the building of the Panama Canal which was to bring Far Eastern ports and the west coast of South America much closer to eastern United States and would make possible a rapid shifting of American warships between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans.\*\* But the Colombian senate in 1903 refused to grant the United States a 99-year lease on a strip across the Colombian state of Panama. Almost immediately a "revolution" followed within Panama, and United States marines were landed to prevent Colombian troops from reaching Panama City. The state of Panama seceded from Colombia and set up a new "independent" republic which without delay secured recognition by President Theodore Roosevelt and arranged with J. P. Morgan & Co. to be its fiscal agent in the United States. Other American naval bases maintained in the Caribbean area outside of continental United States now include Guantanamo, Cuba, and Puerto Rico (noted above); Samana Bay, Santo Domingo, under treaty of 1907; Mole of St. Nicholas, Haiti, under treaty of 1915; Fonseca Bay and Corn Islands, Nicaragua, under Bryan-Chamorro treaty of 1916; Virgin Islands, purchased from Denmark in 1917.4 \*The United States has also claimed since mid-nineteenth century several tiny guano islands in the Pacific of which three are dignified with names: Baker, Howland, and Jarvis. Rapid extension of United States interests in Central America and the islands of the Caribbean through United Fruit Co. and other fruit and sugar companies, through railways, utilities, oil concessions and mines, and through government financing by American bankers, has pushed American capital far ahead of British capital in the Caribbean area. Total American long-term private investments in Central America and the West Indies were estimated at about \$1.5 billion in 1930, apart from the billion in Mexico. Increasing financial interest has been backed up with some political action by the United States such as long-continued intervention or the administering of customs revenue in several countries. Such a "protectorate" relationship has been most apparent in Panama since 1903, in the Dominican Republic since 1904, in Nicaragua since 1910, and in Haiti since 1915. But none of the small Central American republics has been able to maintain a genuine independence. Liberia, a small Negro nation on the west coast of Africa, completes the list of informal "protectorates" of the United States. The Liberian Republic was organized in 1847 by Negroes who had emigrated from the United States. It had been largely ignored in this country and was on the road to becoming a British protectorate when in 1911 the United States started a long chain of negotiations through which American influence has become paramount. In 1912, an international loan arranged under the leadership of J. P. Morgan & Co. was substituted for a British loan, and a board with an American chairman (designated by the President of the United States) was substituted for a British collector of customs. An American army officer was installed as commandant of the Liberian Frontier Force In 1926, the Firestone Tire & Rubber Co., with the backing of the U. S. Department of State, became the supreme power in Liberian affairs. This followed a deliberate move to develop large rubber properties under American control and thereby destroy the British monopoly in high-grade plantation rubber. Firestone acquired a 99-year lease on a million acres of land and through a subsidiary, the Finance Corporation of America, arranged a loan of \$5,000,000 to the Liberian government for the retirement of the "international" loan.\* Under these contracts Firestone subjected the country to a triple exploitation: low payment for the rubber concession (6 cents a year per acre), starvation wages and speed-up for the native workers, and high charges for the loan. A clause in the Firestone agreement makes Liberia responsible for securing and maintaining an adequate labor supply—a clear invitation to forced labor. Public works undertaken by the Liberian government with part of the proceeds of the loan have consisted chiefly of roads and bridges bringing the Firestone acreage into quicker communication with the ports. In 1929, charges of forced labor within Liberia and of slave trade (profitable to Liberian officials) were brought before the League of Nations.\*\* The League under British guidance recommended intervention by "advisers" responsible to the League and a considerable easing of the terms of the Firestone contracts. But the State Department and the Firestone interests so manipulated the whole affair that the League has withdrawn its offers of "assistance." American officials continue to supervise customs and budget, under the terms of the Firestone loan contract. President King who had accepted the Firestone contracts was compelled to resign in face of the charges of graft and cruelty in the first League report. His successor, Edwin Barclay, is supposed to be more independent than King.6 Recent history in Liberia is important as reflecting the conflict between American and British imperialism. It is also important as reflecting the class lines within Liberia. For besides the white imperialists there are three distinct native groups. The native bourgeoisie (chiefly descendants of American Negroes) are split into those who gain by serving the imperialists and those who oppose all phases of white domination. Both are distinct from the masses of illiterate native Africans who do the hard physical labor of Liberia and are exploited both by the white imperialists and by the native petty capitalists and officials. # Mexico, Colombia and Venezuela On the borderline of independence and yet definitely within the sphere of influence of the United States are the three large countries: Mexico, \* Only half of this amount has been advanced. In Mexico, a large government loan, \$110,000,000 had been underwritten by Morgan in 1899, but much of it was floated abroad through the Morgan European connections and only a minority of the bonds were sold in the United States. This loan and later ones, including loans to Mexican railways for which the Mexican government assumed responsibility, had established long before the World War a considerable measure of Wall Street control over Mexican financial policies. The rich oil reserves which brought Mexico in 1911 to third rank and from 1918 to 1926 to second rank among oil-producing countries of the world were practically untouched until 1901. Then the American Doheny was first in the field, followed by the British and then by Standard Oil. Competition was sharp between British and American oil interests and their struggle for domination included much political intrigue. It is not necessary to rehearse here the details of the story which are easily available in several sources.\* But it is important to note that President Wilson openly interfered against the British candidate, Huerta. He used a flimsy pretext about a pretended insult to the flag in order to send marines to Vera Cruz in April, 1914, where they took the opportunity to block a shipment of arms intended for Huerta. At that time United States oil interests were backing Carranza against Huerta, and Wilson supported Carranza on the ground that a "constitutional" government was necessary for stability. After Carranza was installed and recognized by the United States, Villa broke with him and started a revolt in the northern provinces. Threatened with defeat, Villa staged a raid over the border into New Mexico, knowing that intervention by the United States would divert the Carranza forces to drive back the Yankees. Wilson rose to the bait and not only sent an army into Mexico in 1916 but mobilized 100,000 men of the National Guard at the Mexican border. Villa escaped, and the "loyal" Carranza was thoroughly roused against the Yankees. \* For example, Moon, Imperialism and World Politics; Nearing and Freeman, Dollar Diplomacy; Ludwell Denny, America Conquers Britain. corporations before 1917. Also his finance minister had to come to terms with the bankers' committee (headed by T. W. Lamont, a Morgan partner) and resume payment of interest on Mexican government bonds. The following year, Calles (who succeeded Obregon in 1924) precipitated a new "crisis" for the American capitalists by reaffirming Mexico's inalienable national dominion over mineral resources. In 1927, Dwight W. Morrow resigned from the Morgan firm in order to go to Mexico with full diplomatic authority from the United States to bring the Mexican government into line. Morrow's success is described by J. Reuben Clark, Jr., who succeeded him as ambassador to Mexico: There ensued [February-March, 1928.—A. R.] several weeks of negotiations, which were characterized by the utmost friendliness on both sides, and during all of which Ambassador Morrow kept in the closest touch with the local representatives of the leading American oil companies. At the end of these negotiations the Mexican authorities framed amendments to the Petroleum Regulations which in the opinion of Ambassador Morrow and the local representatives of the leading American oil companies did harmonize the Regulations with the Law and did eliminate the substantial objections made to the old Regulations. The amended Regulations were signed by President Calles on March 27, 1928, and promulgated the following day. Colombia resented most deeply the encouragement by the United States of the Panama revolution and secession in 1903, after the Colombian government had refused to grant the United States a strip of land and the right to build a canal across Panama. This left the Colombians more ready to welcome British capital than American. So in 1913 American diplomacy interfered again. Wilson and his representatives in Bogota and London checked the granting to British oil interests of a large concession which included the right to develop land along the boundary of Panama. Vast oil concessions had before this been granted to two Colombian patriots as reward for services rendered, but lacking the large capital required to develop them the two patriots sold their rights: de Mares in 1916 to the Tropical Oil Co. (later acquired by Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey) and de Barco to the Colombian Petroleum Corp. (1918), in which the Mellon-controlled Gulf Oil later acquired a 75% interest. These American corporations were hindered by Colombian land laws limiting the exploitation of mineral resources by foreign interests, and they found themselves blocked in securing the long rights of way required for pipelines to connect their inland concessions with the coast. Also, after the war, Wall Street was looking for opportunity to lend money to the Colombian government. So once more the United States government intervened (1921), offering Colombia \$25,000,000 by way of indemnity for the secession of Panama. Behind this gesture of friendship was the fact that through this payment from public funds the United States cleared the way for its bankers and oil men in Colombia. Of great importance in relation to Colombia is the fact that Colombian territory provides another possible canal route. For it is obvious that the Washington government will never permit the building of a rival canal by any other power. Venezuela had been openly claimed as within the United States' sphere of influence in two episodes which preceded the great post-war influx of American capital. In 1895 when Great Britain demanded extension of territory for British Guiana at the expense of Venezuela, President Cleveland announced the right and duty of the United States to determine the correct boundary and "to resist by every means in its power" any appropriation by Great Britain of territory which might be awarded by the United States to Venezuela. Wall Street was not yet alive to the importance of Venezuela's mineral resources and Cleveland's aggressive application of the Monroe Doctrine was immediately softened by diplomacy. But the fact remained that when this boundary question was settled in 1899 by an "international" commission Venezuela was represented not by two of her own citizens but by two justices of the United States Supreme Court. Again, in 1902, when British, Italian and German warships appeared at La Guayra and threatened a blockade of Venezuelan ports to compel adjustment by Venezuela of the demands of European creditors, President Theodore Roosevelt indicated at once that such action was not permitted to European powers. Both Brittsh and American oil companies (chiefly Royal-Dutch Shell, Standard Oil Co. of N. J., and Gulf Oil Corp.) have been expanding their holdings and their production in Venezuela since the war. The British interests are strong, but American capital has outstripped the British. Gomez the late bloody dictator who seized power in 1908 encouraged foreign capital, playing one group against another and exacting a high price for his favors. Also his regime set a world record for brutal suppression of political opposition and of workers' attempts to organize. In the absence of "disorders" pretexts for open intervention on behalf of the capitalists have been lacking since the oil era began. # In Other South American Countries The Monroe Doctrine was first formulated in 1823 after a wave of revolutions in the South American continent had brought independence from Spain and Portugal. President Monroe announced "as a principle in which the rights and interests of the United States are involved, that the American continents, by the free and independent condition which they have assumed and maintain, are henceforth not to be considered This leadership was expressed in Pan-American conferences, started in 1889, to promote "friendship," that is, closer business relations. From these conferences grew the Pan-American Union, under United States leadership, backed in the United States by a Pan-American Society whose council includes officials of the biggest corporations operating in South America. Meantime, however, from the beginning of modern British imperialism, British capitalists were active in trade and investment in South America. Later, much German capital followed the British. Development of South American resources was still in its early stages when American corporations began their search for foreign minerals and tropical products, but until the World War all the South American countries were economically closer to Great Britain than they were to the United States. In 1913, the United States had a trade lead in Brazil, Colombia and Venezuela. It was pressing the British in Peru and Ecuador. But in capital investment the British held first place in every South American country except Bolivia. Increasing economic power of the United States was already apparent in 1913. Not only Bolivian tin, but copper in Peru and Chile and meat packing in Argentina and Paraguay were already largely in the hands of American corporations. Standard Oil had begun to scout for oil concessions and had begun to produce in Peru. Transportation was chiefly British, but J. P. Morgan & Co. and W. R. Grace & Co. controlled the Chilean-Andean railroad, and Americans had a strong minority interest in river boats in Argentina and Brazil. Americans also controlled the boats on the Magdalena River in Colombia. Docks and harbor works had been developed by the American meat packers (Armour, Swift and Wilson) in the River Platte region, by United Fruit Co. in Colombia, and by Standard Oil in Peru. The British still dominated the Atlantic carrying trade and the cable lines. Also until the World War, South American trade was financed chiefly through British banks. The National City Bank opened its first South American branch at Buenos Aires in 1914. When Britain and Germany went to war, the more far-seeing capitalists in the United States seized the opportunity deliberately to capture South American markets and to strengthen their hold through capital investments. Many new branches of American banks were opened. A dozen or more of the biggest exploiters, including J. P. Morgan, National City Bank, Percy A. Rockefeller, Joseph P. Grace, Stone & Webster, and others joined in setting up a new holding company, the American International Corp., whose subsidiaries drew large profits from constructing docks, warehouses and utilities in South American countries. The trading lead secured by the United States during the war was More American capital was poured into Argentina, Chile and Brazil than into any other South American countries. Industrially more developed than the northern, more tropical, part of the continent, they have received two-thirds of the total \$3 billions of United States investment in South America. But in Argentina and Brazil the British investment is three times as large as the American. (For U. S. estimates by countries, see Appendix I, p. 338.) Elsewhere, except in the small countries of Paraguay and Uruguay, American capitalism holds the lead. State Department and its diplomats. When these fail, a quiet threat of force brings the weaker country into line. Several South American nations in which American investment has outdistanced British have "invited" United States experts to study their financial structure and "advise" on reorganization of budgets and currency. Such "advice" has been under way in South America since Prof. E. W. Kemmerer went to Colombia as financial expert in 1923. And when four countries (Bolivia, Chile, Peru, Colombia) held a conference of their central bank officials in 1931, Kemmerer attended as "adviser" representing the Federal Reserve Bank of New York which is semi-officially tied to the U. S. Treasury. The conference decided to transfer to the United States gold reserves which had been on deposit in London and to establish closer relations with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Americans have also held other strategic points. In Peru, for example: Military advisory commissions from the U. S. Army have functioned in Ecuador and Brazil, as well as in four of the Caribbean semi-dependent countries (Dominican Republic, Haiti, Nicaragua, and Guatemala.)11 The struggle between British capital and American capital; between British goods and American goods; between British domination and American domination continues. The wave of American economic conquest has rolled southward beyond the Caribbean. It has submerged British influence on the western coast. It threatens British influence in Brazil. It has been warded off in Argentina only by special trade agreements between London and Buenos Aires. # Imperialism and the Colonial Workers American capitalists invading Cuba, Mexico, and other regions of Central and South America found a comparatively small class of free, landless workers. Conditions varied from one country to another, but the masses included great numbers of peons (landless workers supposedly free but tied to plantation owners by a growing burden of debt) and other fairly independent natives still living in primitive communes or cultivating small patches of land. At one extreme were Mexico where half the rural population was in peonage 12 and Chile where over half of the cultivated land was in great estates operated chiefly by sharecropping tenants. At the other extreme was Haiti where a sturdy peasant population had maintained small holdings after the great estates had been broken up and the French rulers expelled in the Haitian revolution of 1804. Agricultural methods were very primitive. For all the laboring native population, whether peons or small landholders, life was meager and difficult. But actual proletarians—landless workers compelled to seek employment and at the same time free to leave or be dropped by an employer—were relatively few. The capitalist invaders became great landowners and often helped to create a proletariat. In Cuba, where nearly 90% of the cultivable lands are owned or held under long lease by American interests, 14 the small Cuban owners were practically driven off the land and compelled to seek employment. In Haiti, one chief function of the United States intervention in 1917 was to compel acceptance by the Haitians of a constitution which would allow foreigners to acquire title to land. 15 \* In Mexico, one-fifth of the privately owned land is now held by foreign capitalists and corporations. 16 United Fruit is cultivating over 400,000 acres in Cuba, Jamaica, and six countries from Nicaragua to Colombia, and owns over three million acres still unimproved. United Fruit has used its control of strategic water rights, railroad lines, roads, and bridges and a policy of usurious loans and mortgage foreclosures to deprive "independent" farmers of their lands and convert them into propertyless agricultural workers. \*\* Whether on plantations or at mines, oil wells, construction works or refineries, the imperialist concern has frequently taken over or developed the same type of semi-servitude prevailing on the plantations inherited from the Spanish and Portuguese invaders. Paying low cash \* This constitution was largely drafted by Franklin D. Roosevelt, then Assistant Secretary of the Navy. \*\* See Luis Montes, Bananas, International Pamphlets, no. 35. For a more detailed study of United Fruit Co. policies see Chas. D. Kepner and Jay Soothill, The Banana Empire. wages and maintaining company villages and company stores, the corporation could hold its workers bound by their burden of debt. Speeded up, exposed to accidents in mines and oil fields, shaken with malaria and tropical fevers to which the foreign capitalists' more "efficient" methods of exploitation brought increased exposure, colonial workers found their existence definitely worsened by the imperialist invasion. At the same time the displacement of a varied agriculture by a few export crops and minerals for the world market made the workers completely dependent on the imperialist corporations. When the sugar crisis hit Cuba and the world economic crisis brought to a standstill the production of copper and nitrates (Chile, Peru), and all production was slowed down, colonial workers were plunged into the extreme destitution of long-continued mass unemployment. The governments, burdened with a huge indebtedness to foreign capitalists, found it difficult to provide public works or relief. Revolt against exploitation by the imperialists had found expression in militant strikes before the world economic crisis. Most notable was the bloodily suppressed strike of the United Fruit Co. workers in Colombia in December, 1928. The number of strikers killed was variously estimated at from 200 to 1400. And before the crisis, harsh repressive measures against strikers and "agitators" were already the rule throughout the area of American influence. Diplomats of the State Department encouraged the "independent" governments in tactics savoring of fascism. In Peru, for example, the American minister at Lima was a faithful messenger from the (Morgan-Hearst) Cerro de Pasco mine management to the Peruvian government in 1930, transmitting the company's list of forty labor leaders and securing the immediate intervention of Peruvian soldiers who shot the mineworkers into submission. 17 Stirrings of revolt among the colonial workers have coincided with the widespread movements in several countries of native middle class elements against imperialist domination. The succession of different governments in Mexico, Cuba, Nicaragua, Colombia, Peru, Chile, has been the result of a complex interplay of forces: working class and peasant revolt against exploitation, native small capitalist revolt against the big capital of the imperialists and the native agents of imperialism, and the perpetual conflict between British and American interests. The Roosevelt government has made certain gestures which have been hailed as marking the end of American imperialism! In December, 1933, President Roosevelt disclaimed for the United States the sole right of intervention in South American affairs and called "the maintenance of law and the orderly processes of government" "the joint concern of the whole continent in which we are all neighbors." 18 Later this general statement was made more explicit. Under an act approved by the administration and signed by the President on March 24, 1934, future and somewhat qualified independence was granted to the Philippine Islands. In May, 1934, Congress repealed the Platt Amendment under which the United States had several times intervened officially in Cuban affairs. Instead of marking the end of imperialist domination, these actions may be expressing the confidence of the imperialist government in its invisible machinery of control and in the "loyal" intentions of the present rulers throughout the colonial and semi-colonial domain. More positively, they appear to be a deliberate appeal to native capital and native politicians for greater unity of action against the rising revolutionary consciousness of the colonial workers and peasants. This cannot but be an unstable basis for imperialist domination as the native capitalists themselves are still smarting under their economic dependence upon Wall Street ### China In the face of these expanding areas of special privilege for capitalists of other countries, the United States, grown consciously imperialist in its aims, saw that it must act quickly and definitely to maintain for its citizens their considerable share in the China trade and to secure at least an equal chance with the British and other capitalists for investment in railways and the development of China's natural resources. \* Extra-territoriality is the privilege granted to citizens of imperialist powers in China to remain outside of the jurisdiction of Chinese law and Chinese courts. Ambassadors and legations always enjoy extra-territorial privileges. Only in a semi-colonial country are these privileges extended to other foreigners and their dwellings. The doctrine of the Open Door was first successfully translated into cold economic terms in 1909 when the United States government and a group of bankers headed by J. P. Morgan & Co. demanded that these American bankers must participate on equal terms with the British, German and French banking groups which were then negotiating the large Hukuang railway loan to the Chinese government. This loan was finally arranged in 1911 and included a special concession for each of the four countries to supply a quota of rails, materials, and equipment, also the engineering supervision for one quarter of the total mileage. This was one of the first obvious and important victories for American imperialism in a clash with other first-rate powers. Apparently a purely financial matter, it was in fact so closely tied up with political purposes and with the backing of the United States government that two years later, when President Wilson withdrew government support in the negotiations of the consortium for another loan to the Chinese government, the American bankers also withdrew and left the field to the Europeans. During the World War, Japan seized all the former German possessions in the Far East and by the Twenty-One Demands of May, 1915, sought exclusive domination in China. But American diplomatic pressure prevented the Japanese from getting most of what they wanted. After the war, American bankers with government support countered the Japanese demands for special privileges outside of Manchuria with proposals for a new consortium. An agreement was arranged in 1920 which gave the United States bankers grouped around J. P. Morgan & Co. recognized leadership in a four-nation group (with selected British, French, and Japanese bankers) for all future loans to the government of China, including loans for industrial development. Japan went into the new consortium only after the other powers had informally agreed that Japan had special interests in Manchuria. This new consortium of 1920 had never, up to the end of 1935, floated a loan for the China government. But the consortiums have had great Some years before the first consortium (1909) was arranged, American interests including Standard Oil capitalists and, later, J. P. Morgan & Co., controlled a concession for railway construction northward from Canton to Hankow. The British regarded this as an invasion of their special sphere of influence. As a result the Americans were maneuvered out of the concession (on technical grounds because a part interest had been sold to non-Americans), and in 1905 the concession was bought back by the Chinese government with capital loaned by the British. In 1909, the American group were able to fight their way into a consortium dominated by the British. After the war, in the new consortium, initiative and leadership were in the hands of the Morgan firm and their close American associates. In this America, as represented through the group, should be equipped to play a very active part. If so equipped she will be able to ...lay out, with her experienced partners of Great Britain, France and Japan, a sound and comprehensive plan for the economic and financial development of China... Through her representatives at Peking she will be able sympathetically to wield influence upon the present confused elements—to make a real contribution to the improving political conditions there.20 British and Japanese investments in China are still considerably larger than American investments but American interests have increased more rapidly than British interests since the war. Investments of United States capitalists in China amounted in 1930 to roughly \$200,000,000 and represented less than 10% of the total foreign interests in China (including Manchuria, now "Manchoukuo").21 Standard Oil property and the Morgan-controlled utilities in Shanghai are the largest separate items in the "direct" investment. From \$40 to \$50 millions are in government bonds. The \$200,000,000 total does not include the \$42,000,000 of China property held by American missions and American educational and medical institutions. And American products have won the leading position among all goods imported into China. The strategic importance of the new consortium has been undermined in recent years by the Japanese war against Manchuria and northern China. From this have resulted the separate state of "Manchoukuo" and the "autonomous" area of North China (including the former capital, \* For the full story of the consortiums up to 1930, see F. V. Field, American Participation in the China Consortiums. Peiping) which are in effect protectorates of Japan. Despite this gobbling up of Chinese territory Japan holds a favored position with the Nanking government. Defeat of the Red Army of China and support of Chiang Kai-shek's war against the new Soviet districts in the interior has become the primary concern of all the imperialist powers in relation to China.\* Foreign gunboats have been used against the Red Army—on the pretext of protecting foreigners. Foreign police in the international settlement at Shanghai and Japanese agents in Tientsin and Peiping have taken an active part in the terror against revolutionists and liberals who oppose the Nanking government of Chiang Kai-shek. Meantime Great Britain has used its share of Boxer Indemnity funds for the completion (with British materials) of the Canton-Hankow railroad line. And sharp rivalry has developed for the privilege of supplying Chiang Kai-shek with munitions, airplanes, flying instructors, military advisors and loans, for supporting the armies of reaction. From the United States, Chiang Kai-shek has had official aid through the \$17,105,-385 loan granted by the Reconstruction Finance Corp.\*\* This loan was for the purchase of surplus wheat and cotton in the United States. Actually, however, at least \$10,000,000 worth of grain was traded for war materials.22 (For American aid to the Nanking government in the field of aviation, see p. 206.) American corporations, and others, operating in China have made large advances to provincial governments and to Nanking officials. The course of the world economic crisis and depression has made difficulties for the Nanking government which has been greatly weakened from within by the Civil War. The Communists have won mass support among the peasants. In spite of a most brutal white terror, workers in the industrial centers are awakening toward organized revolutionary resistance. Great numbers of educated Chinese are opposed to Chiang Kai-shek's terrorist methods and resent his subservience to the Japanese. \*This is not the first time that the western powers have actively supported reaction in China. When the Chinese empire was shaken by the republican revolution in 1911, the first consortium waited hopefully for the restoration of the imperial family and then threw their aid to Yuan Shih-kai, leader of the most conservative group in the revolutionary forces. \*\* A \$50,000,000 loan was originally authorized but only about one-third of it was actually granted. interests are represented). The extent of British financial support to Chiang's new monetary policy has not yet been revealed. Apparently the consortium is not functioning. Japan's advance into the northern provinces has become the most important element in the whole situation. It has further sharpened the inter-imperialist antagonisms. At the same time, it has aroused a new unity among all anti-imperialist forces in China. ### Canada Penetration of Canada by finance capital of the United States has followed a pattern unlike that in any other country. Canada has its own highly developed financial groups and a strong, independent government. Politically it is tied to the British Empire as a self-governing dominion. Economically, it has always had a certain measure of preferential tariff agreements in favor of trade with Great Britain. These preferential margins were greatly widened by the agreements of the British Imperial Economic Conference at Ottawa in 1932 which Wall Street countered with the new Canada-U.S. trade agreement of 1935. In spite of these close links to Great Britain, Canadian capitalism has had since the World War a closer relation with Wall Street than London. The share held by United States exports in the Canadian market has declined since 1929 but it is still more than double the share held by exports from Great Britain. And in capital investment, which is more important than trade in determining the influence of one country upon another, the United States has ever since the war held an unquestioned leadership over Great Britain. In 1931 the stake of United States capitalists in Canadian industry and Canadian resources was almost double the stake of British capitalists.28 It is also double the stake of United States capitalists in any other one foreign country. The four billions of American capital invested in Canada constitute roughly one-fourth of the total of foreign investment by private interests in the United States Wall Street's hold is especially strong in metal manufacturing (including automobiles and electrical equipment), paper and pulp and lumber, metal mining, and utilities.\* Most of the large manufacturing corporations in the United States have Canadian subsidiaries and these in turn are tied in, through cross-directorships, with the large dominant Canadian banks and the Canadian Pacific Railway. There is also a considerable American investment in Canadian-controlled corporations. Meantime, Canadian capitalists have been building up their own investments in other countries. Over a billion dollars of Canadian capital is invested in the United States and three-quarters of a billion elsewhere In Canada, in China, in the Caribbean area, and in South America, the interests of United States capitalists gained tremendously during the World War. Not only did actual trade and investment increase, but the relative position of American imperialism in comparison with British imperialism was permanently strengthened. On the continent of Europe, also, the United States gained during the war a position of economic leadership. Until the war, the United States had remained a borrowing nation, still dependent in part on foreign capital invested in the United States. American corporations had been expanding abroad but there had been no corresponding decline in the foreign capital invested within the United States, which totaled in 1913 between \$5 billion and \$7 billion. The war brought a rapid and decisive change. British, French and German investors began cashing in their American securities and putting the capital thus released into war industries and government bonds in their own countries. By the end of the war roughly half the total foreign capital invested in the United States had been withdrawn. But the funds thus made available to the Allied governments were not sufficient to cover their huge purchases from U. S. Steel, Bethlehem, duPont, Remington Arms, General Motors, and other American corporations that were supplying war materials and clothing and food for the Allies. So bonds of the Allied nations were sold in the United States, chiefly through J. P. Morgan & Co. and their associates, to raise additional funds for their war purchases in this country. By the beginning of 1917 more than \$1.5 billion of American private capital had been thus advanced to the Allied nations. Other countries, still neutral in the war, were also turning to Wall Street for loans as they had formerly turned to London. As the net result of these transactions, before the United States entered the war in April, 1917, it had become a creditor nation. American capitalists had loaned and invested abroad more than they owed to foreign capitalists. "Democracy" was, of course, merely a popular slogan to conceal the genuine economic reasons for the United States' entering the war. The their goods to belligerent nations rested upon the theory that these were transactions of a business nature in an open market in which all belligerents were equally free to participate, while each might interfere with the transit to his enemy of munitions or money as contraband of war. But with the command of the seas falling at once to the Allied Powers, it was clear that the only great neutral market, that of the United States, was closed to the belligerents of the other camp. Furthermore, it rapidly became apparent that so inferior was the productive organization of the Allies that they could not maintain their forces without supplies from America. And still further, the prospective quantities of such supplies were so huge that their purchase could not long be financed without obtaining extensive credits in the United States. The United States, therefore, was furnishing supplies—and supplies essential for the continuation of the war—to belligerents of only one side. . . . ... Thus by the end of the year 1914 the traffic in war materials with the Allies had become deeply entrenched in America's economic organization, and the possibility of keeping out of the war by the diplomacy of neutrality, no matter how skillfully conducted, had reached the vanishing point.24 # Wall Street and the Stabilization of Post-War Europe In post-war western Europe, where all the capitalist powers were burdened with debt, harassed with depreciated currencies, and deeply alarmed over the revolutionary spirit of the masses, the economic strength of the United States gave it powerful influence over other governments. Wall Street played a many-sided role in the temporary stabilization which was achieved. (1) Reparations. The United States made practically no claim for reparations beyond payment by Germany of the expenses of the Army of Occupation stationed on the Rhine after the close of the war. And throughout the discussion of inter-Allied debts it has never been officially admitted by the United States that payments by England, France, Italy and others to the United States government were in any way related to the reparation payments which the Allies claimed from Germany. The United States took no official part in the drafting of the various plans and refused to sign them when they were adopted by the European powers. And yet at every stage, the House of Morgan, chief international banker and war-time agent of the Allied governments, had a voice in the "settlement" of the reparation question, one of the most important financial and political problems of post-war European capitalism. Thomas W. Lamont, a Morgan partner, was a member of the Reparation Commission at the Paris Conference (1919-20). The 1923 International Committee of Experts, appointed to study the German budget and currency with a view to modifying the immediate payments required from Germany, included Charles G. Dawes, a Chicago banker, as chairman, and Owen D. Young, chief executive of the Morgan electrical trust which has large European interests. More than half of the \$200,000,000 international gold loan, borrowed by Germany under the Dawes Plan as the basis for a new currency in 1924, was floated in the United States by Morgan and his associates. Supervisory machinery set-up in Germany under the Dawes Plan, included as agent general of reparations S. Parker Gilbert. He was a smart young American who had been employed in the Treasury Department and who, when his post in Germany was abolished, came home to a partnership in the Morgan firm. It also included an American representative on the General Council of the Reichsbank (Germany), and the man appointed was Gates W. McGarrah, a responsible lieutenant of the Morgan interests in New York. Another international committee of experts was appointed in 1928, when even the modified reparation schedule was seen to be threatening the returns on private foreign investments in Germany (chiefly American). This time Owen D. Young took the chairmanship, with J. P. Morgan himself as an associate. Their alternates were T. W. Lamont and a Boston corporation lawyer, Thomas Nelson Perkins. The Young Plan, adopted in 1929, abolished the supervisory machinery in Germany and created the Bank for International Settlements at Basle. Another Morgan man, Jackson E. Reynolds, president of the Morgan-controlled First National Bank of New York, appeared as chairman of the bank's organization committee. The bank itself is jointly owned by the central banks of six European powers and by a private American group: J. P. Morgan & Co., First National Bank of New York, and First National Bank of Chicago. (2) Private loans to governments. Germany was not the only European country whose budget was so badly out of balance and whose industrial life was so disorganized by the war that outside help was a necessary preliminary to stabilizing the currency and reviving capitalist industry. At least a dozen European countries received so-called "currency" loans from Wall Street. Including also government bond issues for other purposes, Wall Street provided loans for every European country west of the Soviet Union between 1920 and 1930. For example, J. P. Morgan & Co. underwrote government bonds and then sold them to capitalists (chiefly in the United States) for France (\$300,000,000), for Austria (\$50,000,000), for Italy (\$142,000,000), for Belgium (\$260,000,000), and for Germany (\$208,250,000). Morgan took the principal countries under his care, and left other countries for the smaller banking houses. So, for example Czechoslovakia was "helped" by Kuhn, Loeb & Co.; Hungary and Bulgaria by Speyer & Co.; Poland by Dillon, Read & Co.; and Finland by National City Co.26 Great Britain did not offer a long-term bond issue in the United States after the war, but when the pound sterling went off gold in 1931, Morgan headed a banking syndicate which placed a \$200,000,000 short-term credit at the disposal of the British Government.26 Special conditions were attached to some of these loans, mortgaging certain state revenues and even installing an American administrator to supervise the government budget. Before the war such financial dictation was practiced by European lending nations only in their dealings with colonial and semi-colonial states. Great Britain, France, Belgium, Italy, and Switzerland escaped this supervision by Wall Street, but Germany and Austria and most of the minor powers were subjected to it. At the end of 1930, European government bond issues outstanding in the hands of American private owners, that is, banks, investment trusts, and individual capitalists, were estimated as totaling \$1.4 billion. More than another billion had been advanced either to provincial and municipal governments or to government quaranteed corporations of the principal French railways and of Italian utilities. Over \$200,000,000 went into Kreuger's great swindle, the Swedish match trust. Still larger is the amount invested in American manufacturing plants and sales agencies, and in scattering interests including mines. "Practically every commodity that American industry manufactures in any foreign country is produced also in American-owned plants in Great Britain." The U. S. Department of Commerce in making this statement also reported that there were 169 American-owned manufacturing plants in Great Britain in 1930, representing over \$268,000,000 of investment. In France, electrical equipment, office machinery, and films are dominated by large interests in the United States. All the leading American motor companies have European assembly plants, and General Motors has acquired control of the great German manufacturer of small cars, Opel. American-owned shops in Europe are competing in the manufacture of railroad equipment.\* The total stake of American capitalism in European capitalism is about five billion dollars, entirely apart from the intergovernmental debts to the United States which now total about \$11 billion, including the accumulations of unpaid interest. Small wonder that Wall Street actively supports the fascist governments set up as the bulwark of capitalism in this period of crisis and revolution! # Role of Capital Export in American Capitalism Reviewing the various types of foreign investment according to the immediate purpose we find the following principal immediate aims: - (1) To control and exploit foreign sources of raw materials. A few notable examples: oil reserves and oil production by the Standard Oil companies and two or three other large interests; the banana empire of United Fruit Co. in the Caribbean area; mineral investments in Poland by W. A. Harriman and the Anaconda Copper Mining Co.; iron mines in Cuba, by Bethlehem Steel Corp.; manganese mines in Brazil, by U. S. Steel Corp.; the National Lead Co. interest in Bolivian tin; copper mines in Peru, Chile and Mexico owned by Hearst, and by the great metal mining corporations, Anaconda, Kennecott, and American Smelting & Refining; American paper companies' holdings of Canadian timber reserves. - \* For further data, see Frank A. Southard, Jr., American Industry in Europe, published in 1931, and U. S. Department of Commerce, Trade Information Bulletins No. 767 and 731. # AMERICAN DIRECT INVESTMENTS BY INDUSTRIAL GROUPS (as of 1020) | Ca | uribbean | | • | | | | |-------------------------|-----------|---------|---------|---------|--------|----------| | Arec | ı, Mexico | ) | South | • | • All | • | | | etc. | Canada | America | Europe | Other | Total | | | i n | m i l | lions | of | 1011 | ars' | | Communication and | | | | | | • | | transportation | 521.7 | 541.5 | 365.4 | 145.4 | . 35.8 | ·1,609.8 | | Manufacturing | 60.6 | 540.6 | 170.4 | 628.9 | 133.9 | 1,534.4 | | Mining and smelting. | 251.7 | 400.0 | 480.4 | (b) | 53.1 | 1,185.2 | | Petroleum (prod., ref., | | • | | | | | | and distr.) | 244.0 | 55.0 | 372.5 | 231.0 | 214.4 | 1,116.9 | | Agriculture | 792.5 | 15.0 | 24.4 | (b) | 42.6 | 874.5 | | Selling | 24.9 | 37.9 | 94.3 | 132.9 | 72.0 | 362.0 | | Paper and pulp | (*) | 278.9 | (*) | (*) | (,) | 278.9 | | Miscellaneous | 75.4 | 91.4 | 40.5 | 214.6 | 94.1 | 516.0 | | Total | .070.8 | 1.060.3 | I.547.Q | 1.352.8 | 645.0 | 7.477.7 | These estimates do not include investments by American citizens residing outside the United States. Excluded from this table are loans to foreign governments and corporations. Not shown separately. Small amounts included with miscellaneous do not materially change the relative importance of the different items. Source: U. S. Department of Commerce, Trade Information Bulletin No. 731. - (3) To produce goods for the foreign market behind the foreign tariff barriers. Again, this group overlaps with the second group. Expansion of the American automobile industry, for example, with its assembly plants on every continent and its factories in Germany and within the British Empire, has been speeded by the desire to evade high tariffs and to benefit from British Empire preferences, but it has also greatly strengthened the world monopoly dominance of General Motors Corp. and Ford Motor Co. But alongside this monopoly trend there is another distinctive movement by smaller concerns which do not share in a monopoly position but have set up foreign factories in order to manufacture for a foreign market behind barriers raised against American products. - (4) To finance exports of goods produced in the United States. This was, of course, most notably and directly true on a very large scale during the World War, when loans to the Allies (both private and government loans) went directly into the treasuries of American corporations to pay at war prices for their exports of war materials. To a certain unmeasured extent the export of capital continued after the war to promote the export of goods. American industries operating in undeveloped countries naturally equip their plants with American products. American loans to foreign governments for public works, railroads, or utilities are often conditioned on the purchase of pipe, rails, generators, etc., in the United States. (5) To gain the higher profits and higher interest rates which prevail in less developed countries. These are directly related to lower wage scales and backwardness in industrial technique. With this tremendous increase in foreign investment—from \$2 billion to \$16 billion of private capital in the course of 15 years—went the basic shift characteristic of the imperialist era. Foreign trade was increasing but income from foreign investment became a more important item to the American capitalist class than the profits from foreign trade. Applying the measure used by J. A. Hobson in *Imperialism* and quoted with marked emphasis by Lenin in *Imperialism*, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, we find that during the period 1923-29 the gross income from American private capital abroad was about three times the total estimated profit from all American foreign trade (exports, imports, and returns from shipping and freight). Or if we take only the net capital income, after deducting interest and dividends paid to foreigners on their capital in the United States, this was still twice as large as the profit from foreign trade. In the words of Lenin, "This is the essence of imperialism and imperialist parasitism." 27 This imperialist parasitism was further increased during the world economic crisis. In spite of widespread defaults on foreign bonds and the shrinkage of profits from American concerns outside of the United States, the income from private capital invested abroad in 1932 was about \$461,000,000, or approximately six times the profit on the greatly reduced volume of foreign trade. 717741141111111111111111111111111111111 #### CHAPTER XXI The economic crisis which began in 1929 has been the sharpest and most devastating in the history of capitalism. It has involved the entire capitalist world, destroying alike the temporary stabilization achieved in western Europe and the prosperity boom of 1922 to 1929 in the United States. It has added another to the long series of cyclical economic crises which have marked the development of capitalism since the beginning of the nineteenth century. But this latest economic crisis has been more severe than its predecessors, it has yielded more slowly to the stage of depression, and the depression moves slowly and irregularly without promise of genuine recovery. This crisis occurring when the capitalist rulers in the United States had achieved an unprecedented concentration of economic and political power should have revealed to the blindest liberal optimist the essentially chaotic and unstable nature of capitalism. For at the peak of their postwar prosperity, the financial rulers were following the same old principles of individual lust for immediate profit and unrestrained and increasing exploitation of the working class. They were manipulating international policies for their own advantage with a total disregard of the new conflicts they were preparing. They set up great blocks of new fictitious capital which represented no genuine expansion of production or markets but were merely a device for permanently increasing the profits to be drawn from the working class. They could not do otherwise for they were following the essential inner laws of capitalist society. In analyzing the crisis we do not attempt to relate to this group or that the course of events that preceded it. We are concerned only in demonstrating its relation to the capitalist structure of society and the present stage of capitalist development. But it should not be forgotten that American rulers did play a decisive role. American imperialism, developing later than others, reached its highest point in connection with the World War and the temporary post-war stabilization of the European nations whose capitalist structure was weakened but not destroyed by the war and the first post-war wave of revolutions. At the same time elements of weakness peculiar to the present period of world capitalism were present in the United States throughout its post-war prosperity. 285 # Background To understand the present economic crisis and depression, we must have in mind the contradictions and conflicts inherent in the capitalist system since its earliest days. We must also remember the ways in which these conflicts have been intensified since the first World War so that the entire capitalist world has entered a stage of general crisis. It is a familiar fact that booms and crises have followed one another with an irregular but steady monotony since the early years of the 19th century. These economic cycles have shown minor differences, one from another, but always they have included the piling up of goods for which there was no market, a sharp fall in prices, decline of production, mass unemployment and wage cuts, bank failures and other bankruptcies; then a slow revival through depression to "prosperity." Industrial activity would begin most markedly in heavy industry producing the means of production, as the lucky capitalists who could raise new capital and credit rebuilt their plants to reduce cost of production below the low depression prices. Activity would spread to light industry—consumers' goods—as mass purchasing power increased. Then prices and profits would rise. Industry would speed again towards a new glut and another crisis. \* Marx, in the third volume of Capital, analyzes various elements in economic crisis, including "disproportion of production in various branches," and "disproportion of the consumption of the capitalists and the accumulation of their capitals." But as matters stand, the reproduction of the capitals invested in production depends largely upon the consuming power of the non-producing classes; while the consuming power of the laborers is handicapped partly by the laws of wages, partly by the fact that it can be exerted only so long as the laborer can be employed at a profit for the capitalist class. The last cause of all real crises always remains the poverty and restricted consumption of the masses as compared to the tendency of capitalist production to develop the productive forces in such a way, that only the absolute power of consumption of the entire society would be their limit." (Kerr edition, p. 568. Emphasis not in original.) Of course, many other references to crisis are scattered through this work and others by Marx aggression resulted. When practically the entire world was divided among the Great Powers with their colonies and spheres of influence, the conflicts and inner contradictions sharpened and prepared the way for the first World War for the redivision of territory. At the same time, throughout the pre-war years, workers in every capitalist country were building up working-class organization and offering resistance to their exploiters. Then in the long misery of the war years in Europe, when a few capitalists were gathering fantastic profits while workers in the trenches were butchered and their families hungered, the smoldering resentment and fiftful spurts of active struggle flared in several European countries into the blaze of revolution. Only in the Soviet Union did the working class maintain its new state power, but the dread of workers' revolution became a permanent element disturbing the capitalist situation. At the same time the loss to capitalism of one-sixth of the earth's surface cut into the territory available for its plundering and definitely divided the world into two diametrically opposed and conflicting economic systems. # The General Crisis of Capitalism The general crisis of capitalism is rooted in these two great groups of inner conflicts; (1) the sharpened political conflict between the capitalist class and the working class, and (2) the contradiction between productive forces and the market under capitalism which has been greatly intensified in the post-war years. (r) Class conflict between capitalists and workers reached a new stage of development with the successful building of socialism in the Soviet Union and its emergence as a leading world power. Speaking of the general crisis of capitalism Stalin, who has developed and extended Lenin's teachings on imperialism, said (in 1030): Revolution in China and the increase of anti-imperialist and revolutionary movements in other colonial and semi-colonial countries have also been undermining the political strength of the imperialist powers. Within their home territory, the line-up has been clearer between capitalist rule (including fascism and fascist trends) on the one side and the rising class-conscious forces of the workers and their allies on the other side. (2) These political developments were closely tied up with increasing economic problems in the capitalist world. While the Soviet Union, as we This process further widened the gap between productive capacity and mass purchasing power. All these factors in the general crisis of capitalism have immediate bearing on the unprecedented severity of the latest cyclical crisis and depression. To what extent were they present in the United States before the economic crisis of 1929? Here the "chronic agrarian crisis" reflected the contraction of markets and decline in prices that followed the end of the war boom and the gradual restoration of agricultural production in other countries.\*\* The first post-war cyclical crisis brought a sharp disparity between the prices received by farmers for their products and the prices they had to pay. This has continued, with occasional exceptions for certain farm products, throughout the post-war period. Whether in relation to pre-war averages or to the high prices of the war boom, average prices received for farm products ran continuously lower than the prices at which farmers could buy equipment, supplies, clothing and food. Their mortgages and other debts could not be supported. Farm tenancy increased. The contrast between "rich farmers" and "poor farmers" was sharpened. Rural banks collapsed in great numbers. Even during "prosperity" the rural market for industrial products failed to expand and absorb its share of the rising total volume of goods. 1919. Chronic mass unemployment developed in the United States during the boom years. The increase in industrial production between 1919 and 1929 was accompanied by a decrease in the number of workers employed by factories, railroads, and mines. A marked rise in the productivity of labor, together with an increased speed-up and intensity of labor, enabled a smaller number of workers to produce 40% more goods. Some of the workers previously engaged in production were absorbed in non-productive and so-called "service" occupations, but there remained a mass of permanently jobless men and women. It was conservatively estimated that from 1923 to 1927 the yearly average of unemployment ranged from 1,500,000 to 2,300,000 persons. These figures, according to those who offered them, "minimize the seriousness of unemployment" in those years. A higher estimate, of four million unemployed in the winter of 1927-28 was published by the Labor Bureau, Inc. 4 # Post-War "Prosperity" in the United States The enormous profits of war production had been relatively widely spread in the United States. The American capitalist class and its government had stepped forward into the position of the strongest creditor nation in the world. The post-war surplus of capital found ready outlets both at home and abroad. In the United States the upward movement after the cyclical crisis and depression of 1920-22 came with the construction of new buildings of all kinds; the modernizing of industrial plants; and the rapid develop- ment of several new industries, including automobiles, moving pictures, radios and electrical appliances, and aviation. Most of these industries were able to grow more rapidly and profitably in the United States than elsewhere because, in spite of the critical underlying weaknesses which we have noted, there was still a relatively large inner market. And the genuine market was artificially expanded by record totals of installment sales to the petty bourgeoisie and the upper layer of the working class. In the latter part of the boom, rising stock prices, stimulated by capitalist pools, also whipped up a tremendous froth of wholly fictitious wealth. But the inner market could not be indefinitely expanded, and the new industries continued to overbuild long after the genuine market was saturated. At the same time the piling up of larger foreign investments was helping to prepare for another world economic crisis. Every capitalist government had come out of the war with a heavy burden of debt. Only in the United States was the revival of post-war capitalism sufficiently vigorous to provide the means for reducing the war debt of the government without some loss to the owners of government bonds, at least through a refunding process (as in Great Britain) or a devaluation of the currency (as in France).\* The reparation payments exacted from Germany, already burdened with an enormous internal war debt, led to the bankruptcy of the German government in 1923 and a period of wild inflation which brought immeasurable suffering to German workers. This impoverished the petty capitalists, the professional groups, persons depending on small salaries, fixed incomes and the like while it increased the relative strength of monopoly capital in all its forms. With the help of loans from American, British and French capitalists, reparation payments were continued on a somewhat reduced scale, a new stable currency was created, and German industry entered a new period of growth and intense rationalization, becoming once more a powerful competitor in the world market. Reparations and inter-allied debt payments directly sharpened the conflicts of international trade, for large payments by one country to another can in the last analysis be made only through exports of goods and services. \*Later, during the cyclical economic crisis of 1929-33, the dollar was devalued also. to the United States which in 1928, for example, equaled \$741 millions—were available only because American capitalists were year by year lending and investing abroad much larger sums than European capitalists were lending or investing in this country. In 1928, the balance of international investment going out from the United States was estimated at \$863 millions. While these American foreign investments were an important element in the temporary stabilization of European capitalism, they were themselves essentially unstable. Even current payments on American investments abroad (let alone repayment of capital principal) were more and more dependent on increased borrowing from American capitalists. For the United States was raising its tariff barriers and more stiffly protecting its not unlimited market against the imports of European goods which might have provided European capitalists and their governments with a genuine means of paying at least a part of their debts to the United States. Anything which interrupted the continuing outward flow of American capital was bound to reveal the basic economic instability of post-war capitalism. In this connection the stock market boom in the United States played an important role, for the high speculative profits at home definitely lessened the relative attractiveness of foreign investment. Loans to foreign governments and corporations outside of Canada reached their peak in 1927. All foreign investment from the United States had begun a sharp decline before the crash of 1020. The prosperity boom in the United States had been in other ways a topheavy affair, more unstable than any previous era of "good" times. Evidence of this was the large number of bankruptcies. Both in actual numbers and in relation to the estimated total number of business concerns, more failures occurred each year from 1923 to 1928 than ever before except in pre-war years of crisis or depression. During these same six years, 4,183 banks were suspended, involving aggregate deposits of \$1,129,594,000. In seven agricultural states, more than 40% of the banks operating in 1920 had failed before the middle of 1929. # The Economic Crisis of 1929-33 When the New York stock market crashed in October, 1929, it punctured the prosperity balloon on which hundreds of thousands of petty capitalists had been floating toward a dream world of riches. It meant great temporary losses to big capitalists as well. It reacted immediately on the European stock markets. But the stock market crash was in no sense the cause of the economic crisis which was essentially due to the old basic capitalist contradiction between the power to produce and the consuming power of the masses. Approach of crisis had been heralded by the piling up of unsold commodities. Early in 1929 the index of unsold commodity stocks in the United States was 37% above the average for 1923-25 and even greater For about three years the decline in industrial output continued. At its lowest points (midsummer, 1932, and early 1933) production was only about half of what it had been at the peak of the boom and below the lowest point of the 1920-22 crisis. Some 17,000,000 persons (including workers, bankrupt farmers and petty capitalists) were out of work in November, 1932, when President Roosevelt was elected. (See Chapter IX, p. 154.) Commodity prices fell steadily from the autumn of 1929 to March-April, 1933, with an average drop of 38% in wholesale prices. Economic crisis in the United States was interrelated with the economic crisis which paralyzed industry and finance throughout the capitalist world. This world crisis was intensified by the trends which we noted above: Chronic agrarian crisis, chronic mass unemployment, and chronic surplus of productive capacity. Other elements in the exceptional seriousness of this economic crisis, both in the United States and in other countries, were introduced by the post-war increase in monopoly power. At least three aspects of this are important. - (1) Monopoly had checked the fall of industrial prices after the World War. These had remained, on the whole, above the value level. This fact—together with the prevailing low prices of farm products—had intensified the basic contradiction between production and markets. When prices broke in 1929 the average drop (wholesale commodity index) was greater than that in any normal cyclical decline, but the contradictions between monopoly prices and free prices was further sharpened. Farm implements, for example, fell only 6%, prices paid by farmers "for commodities used in living and production" (as computed by the U. S. Bureau of Agricultural Economics) dropped by 35%, while the average prices received for 30 farm products dropped 66%.\* Workers' cost of living (including rent) dropped less than 30% between the peak of the boom and the lowest point of the crisis (29% according to the National Industrial Conference Board and 25% according to the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics). - (2) This monopoly price level had enabled the financial world to build up after the first post-war crisis an artificially inflated capital structure in industry and finance, which would in any case have been perilously out of balance. This was especially true in the United States. Standing \*A report on *Industrial Prices and their Relative Inflexibility*, by Gardiner C. Means, was published as Senate Document 13 of 74th Congress I. In this report Mr. Means shows that 14 items maintained their prices without change from 1929 to 1934 and 77 items changed less than 10%. At the same time the total 750 items studied included 231 items which fell more than 50%. (3) When the industrial crisis began, the financial rulers everywhere mobilized the resources of their interlocked banks and corporations and of their governments to prevent large bankruptcies and a credit crisis. Such losses are necessary for temporary solution of the basic economic contradictions in which capitalism is involved, but the monopolists thought only of salvaging their inflated capital. They did succeed in postponing the credit crisis but they could not prevent it. It finally broke with unexampled severity in Germany and Austria in 1931, then it carried the British pound "off gold," involved the Japanese yen and many other currencies, and reached its climax in the nation-wide banking holiday in the United States (March, 1933) and the depreciation of the dollar. As a direct result of all these several factors, the world economic crisis holds the record for long-drawn-out and severe decline of industrial output and world trade, which involves a stupendous volume of unemployment and of course a general decline in profits. Also, certain new elements set this latest crisis apart from all previous crises. Never before have so many currencies in all parts of the world been devalued or depreciated. Never before has there been such widespread non-payment of foreign debts and almost complete cessation of new foreign investment. In the United States, as elsewhere, the financial rulers used their power to the utmost to throw the burden of the crisis on the working class, yet they saw their own profits and dividends decline. Many bond issues were defaulted. Failures and bankruptcies mounted. But it is noteworthy that all of the chief financial organizations and commercial banks have survived without reorganization. And even at the depth of the crisis in 1932 (the year with the smallest industrial production) about 18% of all active corporations reported taxable net income. # The Government Takes a Hand In the United States, as elsewhere, the government was drawn in to help the capitalist class. President Hoover did this openly. In January, 1932, as the crisis had continued to deepen and bank failures were increasing he set up the Reconstruction Finance Corp. without camouflaging its purpose to aid banks and railroads. When President Roosevelt was inaugurated in March, 1933, the leading banks in Detroit had crashed and state-wide bank "holidays" had spread from Michigan to several other states. One of his first official acts was a proclamation declaring a nation-wide banking holiday and financial moratorium. At the same time, about one-third of the wage-earners were unemployed and state and local relief funds were running low. All groups of farmers were in serious difficulty. Feeling against Wall Street was increasingly strong. Roosevelt, a man of large inherited property, was a little further re- moved than Hoover from the intrigues of utility magnates and stock speculators. He was "liberal" enough to realize that regulating the worst excesses of Wall Street methods would be not only a popular move but would strengthen the financial system. Government emergency measures must take *some* account of the effects of the crisis on petty capitalists and wage-earners. The fiasco of the Federal Farm Board (set up under Hoover's guidance before the crash of 1929 to control the marketing of grain) showed that more drastic action was required for the raising of farm prices. In his efforts to satisfy the capitalists without revealing to workers and small farmers that he was helping to throw on them the burden of the crisis Roosevelt has become involved in mutually contradictory immediate aims. But these reflect the inner contradictions of the capitalist system which he is determined to save. His primary purpose throughout has been the restoration of profits for the capitalist class. To accomplish this Roosevelt has carried monopoly capitalism into a further stage of its development. - (2) Combination for maintaining prices and limiting production was openly encouraged under NRA codes. Since the ending of the NRA it is tacitly understood that the anti-trust laws (which are still on the statute books) will not be too vigorously enforced. The financial crisis and the widespread threat of corporation bankruptcies led to a deliberate depreciation of the dollar. Farmers and many capitalists alike urgently needed an upward turn in prices. They could no longer wait for the "normal" upward trend of a recovery that kept failing to materialize.\* Offsetting these measures which were frankly aimed to bolster up the capitalist structure and aid the upper groups of farmers, Roosevelt asked for federal funds to supplement state relief funds; minimum wage provisions in the NRA codes; explicit statement of labor's right to organize, with elaborate machinery for preventing strikes; some large appropriations for public works, hundreds of millions of which were diverted to military purposes; and a so-called Social Security Act which offers no immediate benefits for unemployed workers and only meager future provision for those who are re-absorbed into industry. # Crisis Yields to Depression What have all these measures actually accomplished? Production, prices and profits have risen, but the revival has not followed a normal course. Heavy industry has not taken the lead in the upward trend. Demand for new buildings and new industrial equipment has remained at low levels. Current technical advance is aimed primarily at economy of labor without expansion of capacity. It has not involved important new capital investment. Government spending for army equipment, naval building, and airplanes has been on a larger scale than ever before in time of peace. But these increasing war orders at home and exports of war materials have not as yet restored the steel industry, for example, or copper refiners to a normal scale of production. Taking the country as a whole, increase in production has not brought a corresponding increase in employment. As a result, profits have apparently risen more than production. But here again the trend is contradictory. Failures and bankruptcies continue Openings for new capital are also exceedingly limited. The increase in new capital issues which is an index of normal recovery from crisis is playing a minor role in the present depression. Investment bankers have a certain amount of activity in placing "refunding" issues by which corporations are raising capital at current low interest rates in order to pay off old bond issues contracted at higher interest. But the new capital issues, which represent industrial expansion, remained throughout 1934 at the low crisis level and showed relatively slight increase in 1935.\* \* Federal Reserve Bulletin, December, 1935, reported new corporate issues (as distinct from state and municipal bonds, and from refunding issues) as follows: | | Domestic | Foreign | |----------------------|-----------------|---------------| | 1929 | \$8,002 million | \$671 million | | 1930 | 4,483 " | 905 " | | 1931 | 1,551 " | 229 " | | 1932 | 325 " | 29 " | | 1933 | 160 " | 12 " | | 1934 | 179 " | | | 1935 (eleven months) | 336 " | | # "Recovery" for the Working Class While the economic future is uncertain, yet large corporations have on the whole enjoyed a marked increase in profits, and capitalist income from dividends, interest, rent, and stock market trading is well above the low points of 1932 and early 1933. Workers, meanwhile, have had no corresponding gains from the great Workers are carrying a much heavier share of the tax load than they carried formerly. Federal processing taxes are in effect invisible sales taxes on food. Robert H. Jackson, counsel of the Bureau of Internal Revenue, presented to the Senate Finance Committee a statement showing the shift in the sources of federal revenue. In 1930, according to Jackson, 68% of federal revenues came from income, estate and gift taxes and only 32% from customs and other indirect levies which are passed on to the ultimate consumer "and are borne to a great extent by those whose incomes are barely adequate for maintenance." In 1935, only 39% of federal revenues were from direct taxes and 61% were from the "consumption" taxes. The 1935 tax bill increased slightly the tax rates on large incomes, on estates, and on corporation profits, but it is far less drastic than the direct taxation of wealth in imperialist England. Federal authorities have also shown their hearty approval of the sales taxes enforced in 24 states and in New York City, either wholly or chiefly as a source of unemployment relief funds. Even with the shorter work weeks of the Roosevelt program, industry has failed materially to reduce the mass unemployment. The slight increase in numbers on industrial payrolls has been offset by the increase in young workers, bankrupt petty capitalists, and poor farmers now seeking employment. Numbers unemployed and seeking employment checked so long as military preparedness is maintained at its unprecedented and rising scale; heavy taxation of profits and wealth is prevented; and prolonged mass unemployment requires aid from federal funds. Under the legislation of 1933, the President has the power formally to devalue the dollar, down to 50 cents of the former gold dollar, Section 7a of the National Industrial Recovery Act led to an increase in A. F. of L. and independent union membership, but it also gave a new impetus to the setting up of company unions and employee representation plans in the great open-shop industries. NRA injected innumerable mediation boards into the various important strike situations. Their influence was thrown to the employers' side and against the workers most conspicuously in the west coast waterfront strike which culminated in a brief general strike in San Francisco; in the struggle of miners at U. S. Steel and other captive mines; in the textile strike; and in the organizing campaigns which promised militant strikes in steel mills and auto factories. The National Labor Relations Act, hailed by William Green as the "Magna Charta of Labor," makes permanent the basic features of Section 7a and paves the way for compulsory arbitration. Those factors which tended to increase the severity of the world economic crisis are still at work to prevent a genuine economic recovery. They account for what Stalin has called a "depression of a special kind." Even in the United States, recovery is sought on the basis of restricted production adapted to the breakdown of the world market. Mass unemployment is recognized as a permanent factor, President Roosevelt himself admitting that even a revival of the 1929 level of production would require only 80% of the workers then employed. The inner market is further limited by the continuing decline in consuming power of the working class. This is accentuated by the official tactics of pushing down \*Finally, in December, 1935, the Federal Emergency Relief Administration admitted an estimate that 15,000,000 had been unemployed in March, 1933; 12,000,000 in March, 1935; and 10,900,000 in September, 1935. (New York Times, December 2 and 5, 1935.) (Compare Chapter IX, page 154.) \*\* For a detailed record see Shovels and Guns, by James Lasswell, in the International Pamphlets series. # Ruling Policies and the Crisis 299 All these elements of increasing economic contradiction have farreaching political consequences. Already new war clouds are gathering. Already the class conflicts are intensified and fascist trends are apparent in the United States. #### CHAPTER XXII # WILL THE RULERS MAINTAIN THEIR POWER? Capitalism in spite of its cruelties has had an important historic function to perform. During its decades of vigorous expansion, it led the way in developing natural resources and the technique of production. But while it prepared the physical means for conquering mass hunger and raising the entire human race to a level of healthy happy living with full cultural development, capitalism has proved itself essentially incapable of thus using the technique which it created. Instead it has brought concentration of wealth and power in the hands of a small group of financial rulers who have manipulated banking, industry and government for the sole purpose of protecting and increasing the profits they draw from the labor of others. These financial rulers have created great banking groups which monopolize the channels of credit and capital investment. They have covered the country with networks of "public services"—railroads, communication systems, light and power systems, pipe lines—in which monopoly profits under various forms have been most openly protected by the government. Basic industries are dominated by competing monopolies which maneuver for markets and serve as pawns in the perpetual game of the rival financiers. Throughout the economic structure this drive for monopoly profits has involved increasing exploitation of workers and of farmers, and increasing difficulties for the petty capitalists and all but the top group of salaried employees. While the gap has been widening between the extremes of wealth and poverty, the contradiction has also been sharpened between the productive powers of industry and the purchasing power of the great mass of the population. From these basic economic trends, essentially inherent in the capitalist system, resulted the drive for colonies, for wider foreign markets, for higher tariff barriers. They led to the first World War for the redivision of territory. They are basic to the general crisis of capitalism and the profound economic crisis which began in 1929. The economic structure of capitalism is decaying. Its historic function is completed. But the financial oligarchy is still enthroned. Its power has been somewhat shaken by the crisis. Certain lesser figures have been overthrown, but the central pattern of finance capital is unchanged. The same major groups are still dominant. They have so manipulated industrial and political policies as to save themselves at the expense of the working class and other great sections of the population. Having always used the power of the state to support their capitalist class interests they have now turned to the state for aid in aggressively attacking the workers' standard of living. Class conflict sharpens and fascist trends appear in the United States which threaten the workers' right to strike and undermine the basic principles of the "Bill of Rights," the charter of political democracy in the United States. Roosevelt and certain Wall Street forces grouped around the MorganduPont alliance have come to an open break. These forces upheld Roosevelt at the depth of the crisis. They lapped up the federal aid granted to banks and railroads. They supported the inflationary measures which started the upward trend of prices and profits. They accepted the National Industrial Recovery Act temporarily, as loosening the restrictions on monopoly agreements. But after these first steps toward "recovery" conflicts among the Wall Street forces and conflicts between certain great corporations and other sections of industrial life came to the surface. All these forces are agreed that capitalism must be saved and working-class resistance must be undermined. But their opposing political spokesmen are in sharp disagreement as to the tactics by which this can best be accomplished. Roosevelt uses the demagogy of opposition to Wall Street powers, but he aided them in the emergency of 1933 and he promised them in January, 1936, no further increase in taxes on profits and capitalist incomes. Roosevelt talks of workers' right to organize and union membership increased under the NRA. But his administration backed a National Labor Relations Act which seeks to hamstring all militant struggle. The NRA notoriously backed down before the great open-shop corporations and accepted their company unions as representing the workers. The Social Security Act admits the federal government's responsibility for contributing to meager future benefits for future unemployed workers in certain limited occupations. But the Roosevelt labor policy as a whole has tended toward positive lowering of the workers' standard of living. Opposing forces clustered around the American Liberty League and other reactionary organizations are supported by men whose anti-union policies are notorious, with labor spies and gun-thugs. Their demagogy is directed especially to the great middle class of native white Americans. While they appeal to the great traditions of liberty they are aggressively attacking the basic liberties of the masses. Hearst and Coughlin mouthing their concern for "labor" and "the people" give vicious opposition to every move and every program that strengthens the forces opposed to Wall Street. Here is a clear threat of fascism, "the open, terrorist dictatorship of the most reactionary, the most chauvinist and the most imperialist elements of finance capital." 1 The threat of fascism—and the urgency of struggle against it—are closely tied up with the question of war among imperialist powers and war against the Soviet Union. For these twin threats against the masses are born of the economic difficulties and conflicts in which the capitalist rulers in the United States and elsewhere have become involved. American imperialists seem to have no immediate plans for aggressive war, but they are fully aware of the two basic inter-imperialist conflicts directly involving the United States: rivalry with Japan for domination in the Far East, and rivalry with Great Britain for trade supremacy especially in Canada and South America and for world financial leadership. The most immediate danger of war lies elsewhere, but as soon as any two major imperialist powers are at war with one another the chain of financial interest will draw all other imperialist powers and many smaller nations into the conflict just as the European War of 1914 drew in China, Japan, South American countries and the United States. By the cross-currents of trade, investments, loans, credits, blockades and colonial rivalries, each country will be swept into its place on one side or the other. The only hope of avoiding such a catastrophe for the masses of mankind lies in vigorous united action by the workers and their allies. Already war is a chronic disease of capitalism. During the years of "peace" since 1918, imperialist armies have been busily subduing restless colonies and bringing "order" in small nations. To this general situation the United States has contributed its prolonged campaigns in Nicaragua and the occupation of Haiti. Now the great powers which have carried on their small colonial wars as part of the routine of empire, face the imminent danger of first-class war among themselves. Italy's attack on Ethiopia and Japan's advance in China are part of the imperialist struggle for a new redivision of the world. At the same time two powers are most aggressively hostile to the Soviet Union. Imperialist Japan and Hitler's Germany openly covet Soviet territory. But the Soviet Union's entire strength is thrown to the preservation of world peace. Imperialist nations divided by their conflicting interests in finance, trade and territory would like to sink their differences and join forces for the destruction of the Soviet Union, but their im- Struggle against war, resistance to fascist trends, defense of democratic rights, are all inter-related with one another and with the desire of the American people to curb the power of the financial rulers. Even a second World War would not dislodge these rulers from their Wall Street thrones without a strong mass movement against capitalism. Such a movement can be built—and must be built—in the process of the fight to defeat fascist forces and prevent imperialist war. To make effective its overwhelming potential strength, it must include not only the working class as its central driving power but allies of the working class drawn from every other group which has suffered under the rule of finance capital. Class-conscious workers and those from other classes who understand the historic function of the working class are the essential innermost core of the movement. Wage-workers have economic interests most directly and clearly opposed to the quest for private profits, since capital has been accumulated and profits have been drawn from the exploitation of the working class. Wage-workers have been schooled by capitalism in the rudiments of collective action. They have experienced the strength of solidarity. They have faced police clubs, tear gas and bullets on the picket line. Their families have endured short rations for the sake of strike victory. They have a long tradition of mass action. In the United States certain sections of the working class are still under the influence of capitalist ideology, nurtured through a past of relatively high wages, conservative union leadership and systematic capitalist propaganda. But the capitalists no longer have dependable mass reserves in any broad group of workers. Experiences of the crisis and depression have already brought a marked awakening among thousands of individuals in the more "backward" groups of the working class. Farmers are another great oppressed group in the United States. Their situation has slowly but relentlessly deteriorated with the development of capitalism. Land ownership has slipped from the farmer's hands leaving a small minority who operate land which they own clear of mortgage. All forms of tenancy have increased. Definite strata have developed within the farm population. Sharecroppers and all others on small holdings have been pushed down to a semi-starvation level, while the middle farmers, the old backbone of American agriculture, have diminishing incomes and a declining standard of living. This worsening of the farm situation has proceeded with catastrophic pace since the World War, but its roots go back to the earlier periods of capitalist development. Farmers have traditionally furnshed the mass support for political movements against Wall Street. They have begun to use direct militant action against the great purchasing monopolies and those who hold farm mortgages. They are a large and essential part of any People's Front against fascism. Negroes bring to the struggle against finance capital the bitter memory of most cruel oppression. As workers they have had the lowest wages, the worst housing and constant discrimination against advancement. As a people they have endured the disabilities and insults common to subject peoples under imperialist rule. As a national minority, they form a tremendous reserve of potential revolutionary strength. It is important not only that white workers and Negro workers stand shoulder to shoulder in the immediate class struggles and in the fight against all economic, social and political discriminations under which the Negro people live and work, but that all the strength of Negro solidarity be enlisted at every stage of the fight against fascism and war and for the overthrowing of American capitalism. City middle class population has felt the disastrous impact of finance capital. This group is made up of two distinct elements: professional workers and small salaried employees, on the one hand, and petty capitalists trailing down to the self-employing little shopkeeper, on the other hand. Both these groups have been especially hard hit by the crisis and the measures taken by finance capital to save itself. Their problems are related to the capitalist system less obviously but only a little less directly than the problems of the wage-workers. Although untrained in collective action, these groups are numerically strong and politically important. Traditionally less hostile to Wall Street than the farmers have been, they are regarded by the financial rulers as primary material for fascist propaganda. And yet, in France great sections of the middle class have joined the People's Front which has been built around the United Front of Communists and Socialists, to defend democratic rights and living standards and to fight against the threat of fascism. Insofar as they realize the serious menace to liberty and democracy in the "liberty" sought by the Liberty League and other reactionaries, members of the middle class in this country also will rally as allies of the working class. Last, but by no means least, are the great masses of workers and peasants in colonial and semi-colonial countries who suffer extreme exploitation by the United States imperialists. These masses are already stirring. Together with the native capitalists who resent Yankee domination the colonial workers will play an important rôle in shaking the power of the financial rulers in the United States. At every stage in the fight for the preservation and extension of democratic rights and against fascist trends and war, workers and their allies will develop their movement most effectively when they start from political and economic demands genuinely related to the immediate needs and desires of the masses. Under true leadership these demands will be carried step by step to a more developed political level. They will involve sharper attacks on the property rights and privileges of finance capital. In the heat of the struggle, the workers and their allies will forge a deeper solidarity. They will come to a clearer understanding of the basic ways in which finance capital oppresses them. Opposition to Wall Street power has repeatedly flared into political action outside the organized workers' movement. Leadership has been confused and inadequate, but hatred of monopoly has been deeply rooted in the farmers and the city middle classes. When the imperialist era was beginning with its new "trusts" at home and its lust for foreign expansion, Bryan voiced the poverty of the farmers in the crisis of the 1890's and attacked the gold standard, picturing it as the chief weapon of Wall Street oppression. Theodore Roosevelt, sensing the popular response to the "muck-rakers", started proceedings against leading trusts. Then, in 1912, he rallied a tremendous following from the city middle classes under his banner of "social justice" and attacks on "predatory wealth." Twelve years later the late Senator LaFollette pulled into a new progressive movement his large farmer constituency and important sections of the labor movement. In 1936, Borah, another astute politician, is hoping to revive the Republican Party by summoning it to attack monopoly and Wall Street. These movements and others have expressed the wide popular resentment against the growth of monopoly capitalism and its increasing control over the life of the people. They have led nowhere, as yet, because the mass opposition to Wall Street has been played upon by leaders who were not prepared to carry the attack against monopoly to its necessary and logical conclusion. They wished to limit monopoly and restore an earlier outgrown type of capitalism. They refused to see the power of Wall Street as the inherent, inevitable product of the capitalist system. - (2) The wants and sufferings of the oppressed classes become exceptionally acute. - (3) The masses are no longer willing to be robbed without protest. ### Rulers of America This does not imply a passive waiting for revolutionary crisis to develop. For such a crisis can lead to revolution only if the revolutionary classes—in this period, the workers and their allies—are able to carry out mass actions strong enough to break or undermine the old government. For "never, not even in a period of crises, does a government 'fall' of itself without being 'helped to fall.'" \* Obviously American capitalism is not yet in a stage of revolutionary crisis. The rulers are as yet secure in their power. But present trends foreshadow a revolutionary crisis at some future date. When this moment arrives, the outcome will be decisive for a long future of world history. It will depend on the tried solidarity of the working class and its allies among the other strata of the oppressed population, and on the clear thinking and unity of action among those who desire the overthrow of capitalism. # APPENDICES # . # **APPENDICES** #### APPENDIX A (See Chapter I, page 20.) #### SIZE OF MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS | | Average | es per | establishment—all
Value of | manufacturing
Value added by | |------|--------------|----------|-------------------------------|---------------------------------| | | Wage-earners | Horsepor | ve r pr oducts | manufacture | | 1904 | 37.0 | 93.0 | \$100,799 | \$ 42,584 | | 1914 | 38.6 | 126.2 | 134,354 | 54,421 | | 1919 | 42.0 | 136.8 | 289,397 | 115,723 | | 1923 | 44.7 | 168.6 | 308,473 | 131,682 | | 1929 | 41.9 | 203.5 | 333,879 | 151,144 | Prices rose sharply between 1914 and 1919 and dropped thereafter, but remained above the pre-war level until after 1929. Applying the wholesale price index of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics to the dollar values, we arrive at a corrected value which more nearly represents the actual increase per establishment. Percentages of increased product, etc., on page 20 are based on these corrected dollar figures. | Wholesale | Averages per establishme
corrected by wi | nent—all manufacturing
holesale price index | |-------------|---------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | price index | Value of | Value added by | | 1926–100 | products | manufacture | | 1904 59.7 | \$168,843 | \$ 71,329 | | 1914 68.1 | 197,289 | 79,914 | | 1919 138.6 | 208,800 | 83,494 | | 1923 100.6 | 306,633 | 130,897 | | 1929 96.5 | 345,990 | 156,626 | #### APPENDIX B (See Chapter I, page 24.) LARGEST 200 NON-BANKING CORROBATIONS (As of January 1, 1932) In this list the assets of each company in which another company held more than 50% of the stock are included in the assets shown for the Wherever assets have been estimated for a group of companies we have tried to allow for the overlapping of interest. The assets figures are for January 1, 1932, or the nearest date for which figures were available. The notes on bankruptcies and receiverships refer to 1935. #### RAILROADS | * ( | Gross assets | |----------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------| | | less depreciation | | Railroads and related transportation companies (42) | 25,266,955,000 | | Alleghany Corp. (incl. Chesapeake & Ohio, Erie, New | | | York, Chicago & St. Louis, Pere Marquette, | | | Wheeling & Lake Erie) | 1.813.645.000 est. | | Missouri Pacific (incl. Texas & Pacific: plus | -,0,-10, | | \$87.254.000 held by Alleghany, etc.) | 864.800.000 est. | | Chicago & Eastern Illinois (plus \$10.616.800 held | ,,, | | by Alleghany, etc.) | 63,700,000 | | Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co | 1,120,325,000 | | Atlantic Coast Line Railway Co. (incl. Louisville & | 7 - 70 - 77 | | Nashville) | 811.564.000 est. | | Baltimore & Ohio R.R. Co. (incl. Alton R.R. and Buffalo. | , | | Rochester & Pittsburgh, etc.) | 1,222,700,000 est. | | Reading Co. (incl. Central R.R. of N. I.: plus \$58 | , ,, ,, | | 518.000 owned by B. & O. and \$35.000.000 | | | owned by New York Central) | 402.336.000 est. | | Western Maryland Railway Co. (plus \$33,250,000 | 17-700-7- | | held by B. & O.) | 136.430.000 | | Chicago Great Western R.R. | 150,452,000 | | Kansas City Southern Railway Co. (plus \$10.450 | -0-710-7 | | ooo owned by Chicago, Great Western) | 132,038,000 | | Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific R.R | 770,361,000 | | Chicago & North Western Rv. Co. (including Chicago. | 11 70 7 | | St. Paul. Minneapolis & Omaha) | 630,600,000 est. | | Chicago Union Station Co | 98,525,000 | | Chicago & Western Indiana R.R. Co. (plus \$4,775,304 | y , u , u , | | stock and advances four other roads on this list) | 84,975,000 | | Delaware & Hudson Co. | 103,360,000 est. | | Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R. Co | 174,321,000 | | | 1-1707 | | Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R. Co. (plus \$62,- | | |-----------------------------------------------------|---------------------| | 457,000 of stock owned jointly by Western | | | Pacific and Missouri Pacific) | 160,465,000 | | Florida East Coast Railway Co.* | 121,110,000 | | General American Tank Car Corp. (now General Ameri- | | | can Transportation Corp.) | 100,501,000 | | Great Northern Railway Co | 824,275,000 | | Northern Pacific Railway Co | 790,775,000 | | Chicago, Burlington & Quincy Railway Co. (plus | | | \$166,055,000 stock owned by two Northerns, | • | | but including Colorado & Southern) | 544,533,000 | | Spokane, Cortland & Seattle Ry. Co. (plus \$40,- | | | ooo,ooo stock owned by two Northerns) | 104,820,000 | | Missouri-Kansas-Texas R.R. Co | 266,069,000 | | New York Central R.R. Co | 2,200,000,000 est. | | Pennsylvania Railroad | 2,781,800,000 est. | | Boston & Maine R.R. Co. (plus \$27,386,300 held by | | | New York, New Haven & Hartford subsidiary. | | | Pennroad holdings not deducted) | 237.870.000 | | Lehigh Valley R.R. (plus \$31.108.400 held by Penn. | 017-1-7 | | Co. and Wabash Rv. Co. Pennroad holdings not | | | deducted) | 185.057.000 | | New York, New Haven & Hartford R.R. Co. (plus | 3/73// | | \$31.002.500 held by Penn, R.R. Pennroad hold- | | | ings not deducted) | 517.236.000 | | Norfolk and Western Rv. Co. (plus \$70.065.000 held | 3-17-3-7 | | by Penn. R.R. and subsidiaries) | 424.318.000 | | Wabash Railway Co.* (plus \$67.580.000 held by | 4-4,0-0,000 | | Pennsylvania Co.) | 271.680.000 | | Pullman, Inc. | 334.230.000 | | St. Louis-San Francisco Railway Co.* | 441.728.000 | | Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railway Co. olus | 44-,/-0,000 | | \$10.506.000 of stock held by St. Louis-Francisco | • | | Rv. Co.) | 407 672 000 | | Seaboard Air Line Railway Co.* | 282 200 000 | | Southern Pacific Co. | 2.212.265.000 | | St. Louis Southwestern Ry." (plus \$12 080 000 held | 0,21-,203,000 | | hy Southern Pacific) | T20.008.000 | | Southern Railway Co | 775 204 000 est | | Union Pacific R R Co | 773,294,000 tal. | | Illinois Central R R Co (plus \$50.280.000 held by | 1,111,200,000 | | Union Pacific) | 960 044 000 | | Virginian Railway Co | 802,044,000 | | Western Pacific R.P. Com | 150,540,000 | | western racine K.K. Cuip | 109,137,000 est. | | | | | Public Utilities | | | Communications Companies (=) | # a Q a # x a = = = | | American Talanhana & Talanta-1 C | 5,309,519,000 | | AMERICAN ACCORDING & Leiegraph Co | 4.235.740.000 | | Communications Companies (continued) | | |----------------------------------------------------------|--------------------| | International Telephone & Telegraph Corp | 508,760,000 | | Western Union Telegraph Co | 352.800.000 est. | | | 00 | | Electricity and Gas Companies (20) | 21 011 811 000 | | American Commonwealths Power Corn | 700 001,000 | | American Water Works & Flortric Co | 190,335,000 | | Associated Gas & Electric Co | 804.778.000 | | New England Gas & Electric Assn | 100 102 000 | | Central Public Service Corn. | 242 788 000 | | Cities Service Co. | 1.104.450.000 | | Consolidated Gas Co. of New York | 1.312.255.000 | | Consolidated Gas Electric Light & Power Co. of Baltimore | 148.328.000 | | Duke Power Co. | 182.808.000 | | Edison Electric Illuminating Co. of Boston | 165.288.000 | | Electric Bond & Share Co. (including American & For- | 5,, | | eign Power) | 1.231.641.000 | | American Gas & Electric Co. | 463.256.000 | | American Power & Light Co. | 751.157.000 | | Electric Power & Light Corp | 744,220,000 | | National Power & Light Co | 533,513,000 | | (Insull Group) | 00070 07 | | Middle West Utilities Co | 1,120,100,000 est. | | Commonwealth Edison Co. (including Chicago Rapid | | | Transit) | 568,876,000 | | Midland United Co. (plus \$41,846,500 held by other | | | Insull Companies) | 326,217,000 | | People's Gas Light & Coke Co | 213,161,000 | | Public Service Co. of Northern Illinois | 229,521,000 | | (Koppers Go. Group) | | | Eastern Gas & Fuel Associates | 189,457,000 | | Brooklyn Union Gas Co | 120,176,000 | | Lone Star Gas Corp | 137,497,000 | | North American Co. | 780,496,000 | | Detroit Edison Co | 287,919,000 | | North American Light & Power Co | 341,090,000 | | Pacific Gas & Electric Co | 657,307,000 | | Pacific Lighting Corp | 212,673,000 | | Southern California Edison Co. | 360,670,000 | | Stone & Webster, Inc. | 376,850,000 | | Tri-Utilities Corp | 372,945,000 | | (United Corporation group) | | | Columbia Gas & Electric Corp | 606,860,000 | | Commonwealth & Southern Corp | 1,112,766,000 | | Niagara Hudson Power Corp | 768,953,000 | | Public Service Corp. of N. J | 657,127,000 | | United Gas Improvement Co | 800,620,000 | | United Light & Power Co | 530,058,000 | | United States Electric Power Corp | 1,169,720,000 | | Utilities Power & Light Corp | 426,687,000 | | | | | Traction Companies (8)\$ | 1.418.180.000 | |---------------------------------------------------|----------------------------| | Porton Florated Pailway Co | TOE 274 000 | | Brooklyn & Manhattan Transit Corp | 222 712 000 | | Chicago Pailwaye Co. | 332,/12,000
TOS 4TS 000 | | Hudeon & Manhattan R R Co | 120,410,000 | | Interhorough Rapid Transit Co.* | 476 500 000 | | Philadelphia Rapid Transit | 70,309,000 | | Third Avenue Ry Co | 80 107 000 | | United Railways & Flectric Co. of Raltimore* | 05 702 000 | | ometa kanways & Electric Co. of Datamore | 93,702,000 | | Manufacturing and Mining | | | Automobile Companies (4)\$ | 2,333,144,000 | | Chrysler Corp. | 178,600,000 | | Ford Motor Co | 722,320,000 | | General Motors Corp. | 1.313.020.000 est. | | Studebaker Corp. | 118,286,000 | | | | | Chemical Companies (8; for petroleum see below)\$ | 1,887,758,000 | | Allied Chemical & Dye Corp | 285,302,000 | | Corn Products Refining Co | 121,304,000 | | duPont (E. I.) de Nemours & Co | 566.807.000 | | International Match Corp.* | 107.014.000 | | Koppers Company | 250,000,000 est. | | McKesson & Robbins, Inc. | 70.067.000 | | Procter & Gamble Co. | 140.741.000 | | Union Carbide & Carbon Corp. | 246,623,000 | | ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• | -4-,0, | | Coal Companies (5)\$ | 639,082,000 | | Consolidation Coal Co | 89,735,000 | | Glen Alden Coal Co | 165,568,000 | | Lehigh Coal & Navigation Co | 94,288,000 | | Philadelphia & Reading Coal & Iron Corp | 120,384,000 | | Pittsburgh Coal Co | 160,107,000 | | | | | Food and Tobacco Companies (14)\$ | 2,635,619,000 | | American Sugar Refining Co | 139,007,000 | | American Tobacco Co | 294,389,000 | | Armour & Co | 373,338,000 | | Borden Co | 166,934,000 | | Cuba Co | 138,278,000 | | Cuban Dominican Sugar Corp.* | 78,496,000 | | Liggett & Myers Tobacco Co | 168,824,000 | | Lorillard (P.) Co | 97,500,000 | | National Biscuit Co | 139,464,000 | | National Dairy Products Corp | 220,550,000 | | Reynolds (R. J.) Tobacco Co | 176,856,000 | | Swift & Co | 317,574,000 | | United Fruit Co | 237,755,000 | | Wilson & Co | 86,654,000 | ### Rulers of America | Glass Company (1)\$ Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co | 96,538,000
96,538,000 | |------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Leather Company (1)\$ International Shoe Co | 96,195,000 | | Lumber Company (1)\$ Long-Bell Lumber Co.* | 93,870,000 | | Metal Products Companies (13; for automobiles see above)\$ | 2,302,243,000 | | American Can Co | 195,408,000 | | American Car & Foundry Co | 106,937,000 | | American Locomotive Co | 98,336,000 | | American Radiator & Standard Sanitary Corp | 175,824,000 | | Baldwin Locomotive Works | 89,274,000 | | Continental Can Co. | 82,761,000 | | Crane Co. | 106,205,000 | | Deere & Co | 100,126,000 | | General Electric Co. | 444,925,000 | | Singer Manufacturing Co. | 302,320,000 | | Singer Manufacturing Co. | 225,000,000 est. | | Westinghouse Floring & Miss Co | 92,308,000 | | westinghouse Electric & Mig. Co | 222,819,000 | | Metal Companies (10)\$ | 6.367.050.000 | | Aluminum Co. of America | 305,000,000 est. | | American Metal Co., Ltd | 00.034.000 | | American Rolling Mill Co | 113.418.000 | | American Smelting & Refining Co | 215,850,000 | | Anaconda Copper Mining Co | , 0,0, | | | 618,986,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp | 618,986,000
706,820,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est. | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
200,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
207,392,000
209,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000
118,182,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. Paper Companies (4) | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
20,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000
118,183,000
804,664,000 | | Minnesota & Ontario Paper Co | 87 608 000 | |---------------------------------------------------|------------------| | St. Paris Danes Co. | 87,090,000 | | St. Regis Paper Co | 87,909,000 | | | | | Petroleum Companies (16)\$ | 7,407,054,000 | | Atlantic Refining Co | 160,489,000 | | Consolidated Oil Corp | 376,419,000 | | Continental Oil Co | 153,617,000 | | Gulf Oil Corp. of Pa. | 452,737,000 | | Ohio Oil Co | 180.052.000 | | Phillips Petroleum Co | 201.262.000 | | Pura Oil Co | 212 475 000 | | Shall Union Oil Corn | 213,473,000 | | Socons Vocasion Com Com Socons Vocasion Oil | 439,545,000 | | Socony-vacuum Corp. (now Socony-vacuum On | 0.6 | | Co., Inc.) | 1,038,001,000 | | Standard Oil Co. of California | 590,729,000 | | Standard Oil Co. (Indiana) | 762,729,000 | | Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey) (plus \$92,000,000 | | | of stock held by Standard Oil of Indiana) | 1,827,010,000 | | Sun Oil Company | 95,920,000 | | Texas Corp. | 543,320,000 | | Tide Water Associated Oil Co. | 228.770.000 | | Union Oil Associates | 202.250.000 est. | | omon on anyoning | 202,239,000 000 | | Public Companies (1) | 6 0 | | Rubber Companies (4) | 070,849,000 | | Firestone Tire & Rubber Co | 139,885,000 | | Goodrich (B. F.) Co | 139,111,000 | | Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co | 207,362,000 | | United States Rubber Co | 184.401.000 | | | | | | | | Miscellaneous | | | | | | Amusement Companies (6)\$ | 1,229,306,000 | | Eastman Kodak Co | 152.175.000 | | General Theatres Equipment, Inc. (incl. Fox Film) | 235.576.000 est. | | Loew's Inc. (plus \$22.624.000 held by General | _33,310,000 000. | | Theatres subsidiary) | TA6 #00 000 | | Paramount Dublin Com | 100,799,000 | | Padio Corp. of America & (incl. D. V. O.) | 298,304,000 | | Warner Develope Distance T | 222,595,000 | | warner Brothers Pictures, Inc | 213,857,000 | | | | | Real Estate and Construction Company (1)\$ | 106,119,000 | | *United States Realty & Improvement Co | 106.110.000 | | | | | Retail Trade Companies (a) | T 227 007 000 | | Т Т . 6 | 1,347,905,000 | | Drug, Inc. | 173,408,000 | | Gimbel Brothers, Inc. | 89,054,000 | | Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Co. of America | 183,013,000 | | Kresge (S. S.) Co | 118,262,000 | | Macy (R. H.) & Co | 06.031.000 | | Marshall Field & Co. | 111.727.000 | | | ,/-/,000 | Retail Trade Companies (continued) | Montgomery Ward & Co | 152,117,000 | |----------------------|-------------| | Sears Roebuck & Co | 228,428,000 | | Woolworth (F. W.) Co | 175,865,000 | Total—200 Corporations......\$81,437,650,000 Its top operating company is in bankruptcy. Bankrupt and liquidated, August, 1032. Merged into Union Oil Co. of California, December, 1932. In receivership. Fox Film escaped receivership and in August, 1935, merged into a new company, Twentieth Century-Fox Film Corp., in which General Theatres has no important interest. General Theatres' minority interest in Loew's, Inc., has also been liquidated. Reorganized under Federal Bankruptcy Act as Paramount Pictures, Inc. Radio Corp.'s subsidiary, Radio-Keith Orpheum Corp., is reorganizing under Federal Bankruptcy Act. Half of Radio Corp.'s interest in R-K-O was sold in October, 1935, to Atlas Corp. and Lehman Bros., who also took an option for purchase of the remainder. Broken up into five companies. ### APPENDIX C (See Chapter II, p. 33.) #### MORGAN PARTNERS J. P. Morgan & Co., New York Arthur M. Anderson Francis D. Bartow Thomas Cochran Henry P. Davison Charles D. Dickey S. Parker Gilbert Edward Hopkinson, Jr. Thomas W. Lamont Russell C. Leffingwell Horatio G. Lloyd John Pierpont Morgan Junius S. Morgan, Jr. Thomas Newhall Charles Steele Edward T. Stotesbury George Whitney Same as I. P. Morgan & Co., plus the following: H. Gates Lloyd, Jr. MODGAN & CIR. PARIS B. S. Carter Nelson Dean Jay J. Ridgely Carter Alan Vasey Arragon, since January 1, 1933 Maurice Pesson-Didion Harry A. Watkins, since January 1, 1934 In receivership or bankruptcy. Bankruptcy of a company may not involve bankruptcy of that company's subsidiaries. Receivership terminated. Assets transferred to Commonwealths Distribution, Inc. Sir Thomas S. Catto, Bt. Edward C. Grenfell, M.P. Michael G. Herbert (died 193 R. H. Vivian Smith Vivian Hugh Smith Charles F. Whigham Michael G. Herbert (died 1932) Hon. F. J. R. Rodd (since Jan. 1, 1933) \* Former partner in J. P. Morgan & Co Former partner in Drexel & Co. (See Chapter II, page 42.) # COMPANIES UNDER MORGAN INFLUENCE THROUGH DIRECTORSHIP AND/OR BANKING SERVICES Group I consists of companies which had a Morgan partner on the board of directors on January 1, 1932. The reader will note that the list includes a very few companies in which this direct Morgan link was present only through one or more subsidiaries. Such companies are included only when there is other clear evidence of strong Morgan influence in the parent company. In 1935, the number of companies including a Morgan partner on the board of directors is somewhat smaller than it was in 1932. Nine banks were taken off the list by changes following the Banking Act of 1933 or by merger. The management of Morgan utility systems has also been reorganized. But with the possible exception of the International Mercantile Marine Corp. the changes do not indicate the passing of control away from the Morgan group. During the same period (1932-35) Morgan partners were added to the boards of three important foreign companies. These changes are noted in the lists which follow. Group II consists of companies whose directors included on January 1. 1932, at least one representative of the Morgan-Baker controlled First National Bank of New York or of Bonbright & Co., Inc. Since that date, the Bonbright firm has been completely reorganized and two important members have resigned from the firm and from several of their former corporation connections. Changes seem to have removed Morgan influence from Tide Water Associated Oil Co. and to have brought the important Prudential Insurance Co. of America closer to the Morgan group. Otherwise no shift in control is apparent. Groups I and II, with the exceptions noted, represent the area in which the Morgan group is probably the dominant force. Group III, consisting of companies tied to the inner Morgan group through some banking relationship, includes varying degrees of Morgan influence. We have not attempted to separate the companies in this group according to their nearness to Morgan. It should be noted, however, that they include three railroads for which Morgan still performs certain banking functions although control has passed to the Pennsylvania Railroad. This group includes also the two leading Standard Oil companies which are clearly under Rockefeller control. Group IV, like Group III, represents varying degrees of Morgan influence. It is made up of companies whose directors include any "Morgan" man—not a partner in the Morgan firm—who was on one of four leading New York banks on January 1, 1932: Bankers Trust Co., Guaranty Trust Co., Chase National Bank, National City Bank. Although the boards of these banks were greatly reduced under the Banking Act of 1933 and several of these men are no longer included, they are still "Morgan" men and represent a clear section of indirect Morgan influence. Again, total number of directorships is smaller in 1935 than it was in 1932, but no important loss of Morgan influence is indicated. Groups III and IV are made up of companies under Morgan influence. They do not, in the main, represent Morgan control. | | Companies with Assets | | | Reported | | |------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|-----------------|------------------------------|--| | \$2 | Over
75,000,000 | Under
\$75,000,000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Banks | 14 | 4 | I | \$ 8,892,232,000 | | | Other Financial | 4 | 12 | 3 | 1,314,786,000 | | | Real Estate, etc | - | I | 4 | 43,368,000 | | | Railroads, etc | 7 | 3 | | 4,239,571,000 | | | Public Utilities | 8 | 4 | 2 | 9,107,638,000 | | | Miscellaneous | I2 | 26 | 10 | 6,428,818,000 | | | |
000,000 | Under
\$75,000,000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Financial Companies | I | I | I | \$ 197,660,000 | | | Railroads, etc. | 13 | 9 | _ | 5,846,193,000 | | | Public Utilities | 4 | 4 | _ | 2,281,291,000 | | | Miscellaneous | 20 | 28 | 11 | 8,137,230,000 | | | |
\$75,000,000 | Under
\$75,000,000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Banks | 11 | 10 | I | \$ 4,525,199,000 | | | Other Financial. | 3 | 37 | 11 | 5,246,746,000 | | | Real Estate, etc. | — | 3 | 6 | 93,756,000 | | | Railroads, etc | 2 | I |
75.000.000 | Under \$75.000.000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of Jan. 1, 1032 | | Banks | . 3 | 2 | | \$ 2,828,656,000 | | Other Financial | . I | . 4 | | 1,523,417,000 | | Real Estate | | | 10 | | | Railroads | . I | _ | | 2,200,000,000 | | Public Utilities | . I | | | 4,235,740,000 | | Miscellaneous | . 6 | 15 | | 4,776,796,000 | | | | _ | |
\$75,000,000 | ************************************** | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | Banks | 10 | 15 | | \$ 2,547,738,000 | | Other Financial | 6 | 37 | 10 | 8,219,023,000 | | Real Estate | — | | 15 | | | Railroads, etc | II | I | I | 5,864,610,000 | | Public Utilities . | 5 | 4 | 2 | 2,418,693,000 | | Miscellaneous | 14 | 49 | 2 I | 4,407,886,000 | | | | | _ | | | TOTAL | 46 | 106 | 49 | \$23,457,950,000 | Banks (10) .................................... Brooklyn Savings Bank: H. I. Pratt. Fifth Third Union Trust Co. (Cincinnati): C. J. Schmidlapp. First National Bank of Chicago: M. A. Traylor. Traylor died 1934. Bank is now linked to Standard Oil Co. (Indiana) through E. G. Seubert. First Union Trust & Savings Bank (Chicago): M. A. Traylor, Margad in 1933 with First National Bank of Chicago. Manufacturers Trust Co.: C. L. Jones, New York Trust Co.: W. Jennings. Died in 1933; succeeded by B. B. Jennings. Union Dime Savings Bank: F. H. Ecker. Foreig Dominion Bank (Toronto): C. O. Stillman. Off in 1935 Other Financial Companies (6) ......\$7,700,161,000 Commercial Credit Corp.: H. M. Walker Continental Insurance Co.: C. J. Schmidlapp Discount Corp. of New York: J. McHugh, Metropolitan Life Insurance Co.: F. H. Ecker. Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Co.: H. G. Freeman, Off in 1935. Railroads (11) ......\$5,806,375,000 Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific R.R. Co.: 'F. H. Ecker. Delaware & Hudson Co.: L. F. Loree. Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R. Co.: F. H. Ecker. Erie R.R.: G. M. Moffett (off in 1935); and Wheeling & Lake Erie R.R. Co.: L. F. Loree. Both subsidiaries of Alleghany Corp. St. Louis-San Francisco Railway Co.: F. H. Ecker. Southern Pacific Co.: M. A. Travlor, Died, 1024. Wabash Railway Co.: 'H. R. Winthrop. Western Maryland Railway Co.: H. E. Cooper. ### Foreign National Railways of Mexico: L. F. Loree Interboro Rapid Transit Co.: ° F. H. Ecker. United Light & Power Co.: R. L. Clarkson. Off in 1935, but Chase National Bank has stock interest. Western Union Telegraph Co.: F. H. Ecker. Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (14).....\$3,352,472,000 Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Co.: G. M. Moffett. Off in 1935. This company is not among largest 200. American Can Co.: H. L. Pratt. Borden Co.: H. Bayne. General Electric Co. (Morgan-controlled): M. A. Traylor. No apparent Rockefeller link since death of Traylor in 1934. General Theatres Equipment, Inc.: Chase National Bank has had control without a director. Loew's, Inc. General Theatres' minority interest in Loew's has been liquidated. Goodrich (B. F.) Co.: G. M. Moffett. International Paper & Power Co.: M. G. Chace. McKesson & Robbins Inc.: G. M. Moffett. Off in 1935. National Lead Co.: E. J. Cornish. # B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) Banks (15) \$ 288,613,000 Other Financial Companies (37) \$ 518,862,000 Railroads (1) \$ 58,235,000 Public Utilities (4) 75,614,000 Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (49) 1,055,414,000 Foreign: Field (I. C. & I.), Ltd. Penick and Ford, Inc., Ltd. ### GROUP III. COMPANIES LINKED TO PERCY A. ROCKEFELLER AND FAMILY | | Comb | anies with A. | ssets | Reported | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------|---------------------|-------------|-----------------|--| | 0: | ver | Under | Not | Assets as of | | | \$75.0 | 00.000 | \$75,000,000 | Reported | Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Banks | T | 3 | | \$1,051,807,000 | | | Other Financial | -
1 | 16 | ` | 352,777,000 | | | Real Estate | ī | 2 | 2 | 137,337,000 | | | Railroads | I | | | 174,321,000 | | | Public Utilities | Í | | _ | 1,312,255,000 | | | Miscellaneous | 5 | 11 | | 1,911,256,000 | | |
Home Insurance Co.: D | nies (1
. H. M | )
cAlpin. Off ir |
1 1935. | \$ 112,247,000 | | | Real Estate (1)\$ 106,119,000 U. S. Realty & Improvement Co.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). Also on one subsidiary and J. A. Stillman on another. | | | | | | | Railroads (1)\$ 174,321,000 Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R. Co.: M. H. Dodge. | | | | | | | Public Utilities (1)\$1,312,255,000 Consolidated Gas Co. of N.Y.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). | | | | | | | Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (5)\$1,739,594,000 Anaconda Copper Mining Co.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). On control, see Chapter XI. | | | | | | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. (Morgan dominant): P. A. Rockefeller (died). Cuba-Co.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). | | | | | | | Cuban-Dominican Sugar Corp.: * G. S. Rockefeller. International Match Corp.: * P. A. Rockefeller (died). | | | | | | | B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) | | | | | | | Banks (3) | | | | | | - Not included in total of Group I: Discount Corp. of N. Y. of which W. W. Aldrich became a director after Ian. 1, 1032. This is included, however, in Group II. - Not included in this total are Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co., of which W. W. Aldrich is now a director, and Radio Corp. of America, of which B. Cutler is now a director. Radio Corp. is, however, included in Group II. In receivership or bankruptcy. - Not included in this total is Summit Title & Mortgage Guaranty Co. of which B. P. Turnbull is now a director. - Not included in this total is Jersey Central Power & Light Co. of which B. P. Turnbull is now a director. In 1935 Arthur Woods is reported as director of Rockefeller Center, Inc. # APPENDIX F (See Chapter V, p. 73.) COMPANIES LINKED TO BOTH MORGAN AND ROCKEFELLER GROUPS (as of January 1, 1932) ### Morgan Stronger than Rockefeller | Bankers Trust Co. National City Bank of N. Y. (no apparent Rockefeller link in 1935). New York Trust Co. | | |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---| | Other Financial Companies (4)\$2,989,710,000 Atlas Utilities Corp. (now Atlas Corp.) | 0 | Finance Co. of Great Britain and America. Railroads (7).....\$6,124,707,000 Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R. Co. Erie R.R. Co. and Wheeling & Lake Erie (both of Alleghany Corp. group). Southern Pacific Co. Western Pacific R.R. Corp. Foreign railroad National Railways of Mexico. Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (6).....\$1,591,946,000 American Can Co. | General Electric Co. (no apparent Rockefeller link in 1935). Remington Arms Co. (now controlled by E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co.). U. S. Rubber Co. (controlled by duPont interests). United Stores Corp. TOTAL, 22 COMPANIES | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Rockefeller Stronger than Morgan | | Banks (3)\$ 2,002,543,000 Chase National Bank. Dunbar National Bank. Morristown Trust Co. | | Other Financial Companies (4) | | Public Utility (1)\$ 530,059,000 United Light & Power Co. | | Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (4)\$3,167,846,000 Air Reduction Corp. Borden Co. Commercial Solvents Corp. Consolidation Coal Co. Socony-Vacuum Corp. (now Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc.). Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey). Total, 14 Companies\$5,843,989,000 | | RELATIVE STRENGTH NOT CLEAR | | Banks (3) | | Other Financial Companies (8) | | Utilities (3)\$1,460,220,000 Columbia Gas & Electric Corp. Interborough Rapid Transit Co. Stone & Webster, Inc. | Miscellaneous (16) .................................... ### APPENDIX G (See Chapter VI, page 93.) FIRMS AND INDIVIDUALS WHICH HAD JOINED WITH MORGAN FIRM IN POOLS, JOINT ACCOUNTS, AND/OR SYNDICATES FOR STOCK TRADING \*- Asiel & Co. Charles D. Barney & Co. Bonbright & Co. Alex. Brown & Sons Brown Bros. & Co. (later also Brown Bros. Harriman & Co.) Cassatt & Co. Clark, Dodge & Co. Dominick & Dominick H. Fleishhacker Grannis, Doty & Co. Guggenheim, Daniel, Murry, S. R., and Simon Johnson & Wood Lindley & Co. F. S. Moseley & Co. F. S. Smithers & Co. Stokes, Hodges & Co. Wood, Struthers & Co. and Bankers Co. Chase Securities Corp. First Securities Co. Guaranty Co. of New York National City Co. Most of the 23 firms listed above were represented on the "preferred lists" to which the Morgan and Drexel firms offered new stocks at inside prices. These lists included also more than 40 other brokerage houses or their partners. The 32 brokerage firms which George Whitney referred to as acting for the Morgan interests on the floor of the Stock Exchange (Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, page 125) were not named separately. #### APPENDIX H (See Chapter X, page 160.) #### TEXAS CORP. A new refinery at Buenos Aires is jointly owned by Texas Corp. and Socony-Vacuum Corp. A natural gas pipe line from Texas Panhandle to Chicago is jointly controlled by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.), Texas Corp., Cities Service Co., Phillips Petroleum Co. and others. #### GULF OIL CORP. its French refining interests have been taken over by a company jointly owned by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.), 67½%, and by Gulf Oil Corp. and Atlantic Refining Co. Near East Development Corp. which owns 2334% of Iraq Petroleum Corp. (balance held by British and French interests) is owned seven-twelfths by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.), three-twelfths by Socony-Vacuum, and two-twelfths by Gulf Oil. #### SHELL LINION OUT CORD Shell Union Oil and Standard of California jointly own Universal Oil Products Co. #### CITIES SERVICE CO. Natural gas pipe line referred to under Texas Corp. Joint development with Standard Oil Co. (N.J.) of 400,000 acres of oil lands in Venezuela. Joint ownership with Atlantic Refining Co. of Arkana Transit Corp. (pipe line). #### PURR OIL CO. One-fourth ownership in Ajax Pipe Line, controlled by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.) and Standard Oil Co. (Ohio). #### Union Oil Co. OF CALIFORNIA Venezuelan concession of 280,000 acres is leased to Standard of New Jersey under royalty agreement. #### CONTINENTAL OIL CO. Two cracking plants (refining) are operated by Standard Oil Co. of Indiana for Continental Oil Co. on a "custom" basis, the oil belonging to Continental. # APPENDIX I See Chapter XX. page 250.) #### PRIVATE LONG-TERM FOREIGN INVESTMENTS OF UNITED STATES CAPITAL | | | _ | | | | |-----------------------|--------------|---------------|------------|-----------------|---------| | | Direct | Loans to | Loans | to
horations | | | • | of American | (incl. states | Government | yoramona | | | • | corporations | and cities) | guaranteed | Private | Total | | | i n | milli | ons of | doll | a rs | | Caribbean Area, | | | | | | | Mexico, Etc. | | | | | | | Cuba | 935.7 | 126.3 | _ | 4.6 | 1,066.6 | | Dominican Republic & | : | • | | • | • | | Haiti | 85.0 | 30.6 | | | 115.6 | | Other West Indies | 51.3 |
54.4 | · | _ | 116.0 | | Uruguay | 27.0 | 57.7
52.2 | | | 8T.T | | Paraguay | T2 6 | 33 | | | 12.6 | | Fcuador | TT 8 | | | _ | TT.8 | | Guianas | £ 7 | | | _ | £ 7 | | Guidado IIIII. | 3.1 | | | | 3.7 | | TOTAL | 1,631.0 | 1,280.9 | 99-4 | 30.6 | 3,041.9 | | EUROPE | | • | | | | | Germany | 244.0 | 386.I | 414.6 | 376.3 | 1,421.0 | | Great Britain | 497.3 | 143.6 | · - | ·· | 640.9 | | France | 161.8 | 212.6 | 86.g | 10.0 | 471.3 | | Italy | 121.2 | 142.9 | 28.4 | 108.6 | 401.1 | | Sweden | 19.2 | 30.0 | · | 223.5 | 272.7 | | Belgium | 65.2 | 180.0 | | | 254.2 | | Norway | 23.5 | 152.Q | 16.2 | 21.8 | 214.4 | | Denmark | 15.0 | 147.2 | 16.6 | 4.0 | 183.7 | | Poland | 53.2 | 103.7 | 20.4 | | 177.3 | | Netherlands | 44.0 | 53.3 | | 60.3 | 166.6 | | Hungary | 0.5 | 31.2 | 17.7 | 60.4 | 118.8 | | Austria | 17.A | 84.4 | 8.3 | 5.0 | 115.1 | | Spain | 01.5 | 3.0 | | J | 04.5 | | All other European | 104.0 | 254.4 | 23.I | 15.2 | 307.6 | | | | | | | | | TOTAL | 1,468.6 | 1,934.3 | 632.2 | 894.1 | 4,929.2 | | Asta | | | • | | | |--------------------------|-------------|---------|---------|---------|----------| | Japan | 61.5 | 205.0 | 35.4 | 142.7 | 444.6 | | Netherland East Indies | 66.2 | 135.1 | | 0.1 | 201.4 | | China | 155.1 | 41.7 | _ | | 196.8 | | Philippine Islands | 81.4 | 68.8 | 2.3 | 13.7 | 166.2 | | All other Asiatic | 80.6 | 0.3 | | _ | 80.9 | | Total | 444.8 | 450.9 | 37-7 | 156.5 | 1,089.9 | | Oceania | | | | | | | Australia and New | | | | | | | Zealand | 154.6 | 262.4 | . — | 2.3 | 419.3 | | Africa | | | | | | | British Africa including | | | | | | | Egypt | 96.4 | | | | 96.4 | | All other Africa | 18.9 | 2.5 | | _ | 21.4 | | - |
(sq. miles) | P | o pulation | |--------------------|---------------------|------------|--------------| | Alaska (territory) | 586,400 | 59,300 | (1930) | | American Samoa | 76 | 10,000 | (1930) | | Guam | 206 | 18,500 | (1930) | | Hawaii (territory) | 6,407 | 415,000 | (1934, est.) | | Panama Canal Zone | 549 | 46,400 | (1934, est.) | | Puerto Rico | 3,435 | 1,645,100 | (1934, est.) | | Philippine Islands | 114,400 | 12,927,400 | (1934, est.) | | Virgin Islands | 133 | 22,000 | (1930) | | en en en en en en en en en en en en en e | Area
(sq. miles) | Population | |------------------------------------------|---------------------|-------------------------------| | Cuba | 44,164. | 3,962,000 (1931) | | Dominican Republic | 19,332 | 1,275,000 (1932) | | Haiti | 10,204 | 2,600,000 (1932, unoff. est.) | | Panama | 32,380 | 467,000 (1930) | | Costa Rica | 23,000 | 552,000 (1933, est.) | | Nicaragua | 51,660 | 800,000 (1932, unoff. est.) | | Honduras | 44,275 | 854,000 (1930) | | Salvador | 13,176 | 1,550,000 (1933, est.) | | Guatemala | 42,367 | 2,234,000 (1933, est.) | ### IN AFRICA: INFORMAL "PROTECTORATE" | | Area | | | | |---------|-------------|-------------------------------|--|--| | | (sq. miles) | Population | | | | Liberia | 43,000 | 2,500,000 (1032, unoff, est.) | | | Statistical Abstract of the United States, 1934. Population from Statistical Year-Book of the League of Nations, 1933-34; area from Statesman's Year Book, 1934. ### ...... ### REFERENCE NOTES ## Chapter I (Pp. 13 to 32.) - Nathaniel A. Ware, Notes on Political Economy...by a Southern Planter, New York, 1844, p. 202. - Victor S. Clark, History of Manufactures in the United States, McGraw-Hill, 1929, vol. 2, p. 10. - 3. R. E. Riegel, The Story of the Western Railroads, Macmillan, 1926, p. 43. - A. M. Sakolski, The Great American Land Bubble, Harpers, 1932, pp. 287-311. - Willard L. Thorp, The Integration of Industrial Operation, Census Monograph III, 1924. - 6. Victor S. Clark, in American Historical Review, October, 1916, pp. 58-64. - A. A. Berle and G. C. Means, The Modern Corporation and Private Property, Commerce Clearing House, 1932, D. 31. - 8. Idem, pp. 33 and 36 - President's Conference on Unemployment, Recent Economic Changes in the United States, 1929, p. 186. - 11. Berle and Means, *op. cit.*, p. 362 - Moody and Turner, in McClure's Magazine, June, 1911. - Karl Marx, Capital, Kerr edition, vol. 3, pp. 472-473. - 15. Moody and Turner, in McClure's Magazine. August. 1011. - 16. U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue - V. I. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, International edition, 1033, D. 81. # Chapter II (Pp. 33 to 46.) - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, D. 22. - 3. Wall Street Journal, March 22, 1933. - A New Yest Times A To On- - Commercial & Financial Chronicle, August 4, 1900, p. 206; August 18, 1900, p. 310; April 27, 1901, p. 794; May 4, 1901, p. 844. - Margaret A. Marsh, The Bankers in Bolivia, Vanguard, 1928, p. 95; Graham H. Stuart, Latin America and the United States, Century, 1928, p. 321; New York Tribune. July 14, 1901. - 7. Lewis Corey, The House of Morgan, G. Howard Watt, 1930, p. 221. - 8. *Ide*m, p. 219. - 9. New York Evening Post, March 31, 1913. - 10. Corev. ob. cit., p. 326. - rr. Amos Pinchot, in The Nation, July 5 - U. S. Senate, 72: I, Committee on Finance, Hearings on Sale of Foreign Bonds or Securities in the United States, 1031-32, D. 223. - U. S. House of Representatives, 37: II, Reports of Committees, vol. 1, 1861-62, p. 52. - 14. Corey, op. cit., p. 60 - Alexander D. Noyes, Forty Years of American Finance, New York, 1909, pp. 234-235. - 16. Corey, op. cit., p. 273. - Louis D. Brandeis, Other People's Money, Stokes, 1932 edition, p. 192. - 18. Fortune, August, 1933. ## Rulers of America - Wall Street Journal, May 25, 1935, quoting William Duggan, Collector of Internal Revenue for the financial district. # Chapter III (Pp. 47 to 62.) - John T. Flynn, God's Gold: The Story of Rockefeller and His Times, Harcourt. 1032. p. 54. - ay, rage, 1909, p. 33. - Quoted on fly-leaf of Ida M. Tarbell's History of the Standard Oil Co., Macmillan, 1904. - 5. Flynn, op. cit., pp. 245-257. - Idem, p. 321. - 7. 10cm, p. 174. - 8. Idem, p. 447. - 9. New York Times, November 19, 1933. - 10. Flynn, op. cit., pp. 344-349. - 12. Flynn, op. cit., p. 447. - 13. New York Times, February 2, 1933. - 14. Idem, October 24, 1924, and September 6, 1925. - 15. Flynn, op. cit., p. 330. - 16. *Idem*, p. 476 - 17. Wall Street Journal, January 10, 1935. - New York Times, May 25, 1928; Anna Rochester, Labor and Coal, International Publishers, 1931. - United Mine Workers Journal, August 15, 1932. - U. S. Senate, 64: I, Document no. 415, Commission on Industrial Relations, Final Report and Testimony, 1916, p. 7806. - 21. Idem, p. 8304. - United Mine Workers Journal, August 15, 1932. # Chapter IV (Pp. 63 to 71.) - Harvey O'Connor, Mellon's Millions, John Day, 1933, p. 295. - 2. Idem, p. 92. 3. Idem, p. 270. - 4. Idem. p. 62. - U. S. Senate, 70: I, Committee on Interstate Commerce, Hearings on Conditions in the Coal Fields of Pennsyl- - vania, West Virginia and Ohio, 1928, vol. 1, p. 859. - Anna Rochester, Labor and Coal, p. 100. - 7. O'Connor, op. cit., pp. 349-350 - 8. New York Times, February 18, 1935. # Chapter V (Pp. 72 to 86.) - Lewis Corey, The House of Morgan, p. 301. - Standard Statistics Co., Standard Corporation Records, volume T-Z, October 25, 1934, D. 5186. - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, p. 1356. - U. S. Senate, 72: I, Committee on Finance, Hearings on Sale of Foreign Bonds or Securities in the United States, 1031-32, DD, 150 ff., and D. 184. - 5. Wall Street Journal, March 22, 1933. - 6. Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, - U. S. House of Representatives, 62: III, Report no. 1593, "Pujo Committee" report, 1913, p. 131. - Charles A. and Mary Beard, Rise of American Civilisation, Macmillan, 1927, vol. II, p. 302, quoting Havemeyer testimony, federal investigation of 1803. - J. T. Salter, Boss Rule, Portraits in City Politics, Whittlesey House, 1935, P. 216. - 15. New York Times, January 18, 1933. - 16. Federated Press, Washington service, February 22 and May 25, 1933. - 17. Idem, October 24, 1933. - Hugh S. Johnson, The Blue Eagle from Egg to Earth, Doubleday, Doran, 1935, p. 217. - 19. John H. Gray and Jack Levin, The Valuation and Regulation of Public Utilities, Harper, 1933, pp. 119 and 120. - 20. New York Times, November 13, 1934. 21. Federated Press, Washington service, - May 12, 1933. - U. S. Senate, 73: II and 74: I, Special Committee Investigating the Munitions Industry ("Nye Committee"), Hearings on Munitions Industry, 1934-35, pp. 2700-2701. - 23. Idem, p. 2824. - 24. Idem, p. 982. - Foreign Policy Reports, vol. X, no. 20, revised edition, January 21, 1935, D. 263. - 26. Ibid - 28. Foreign Policy Reports, op. cit., p. - 20. "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 2707. - 30. Bulletin reprinted in Daily Worker, December 20, 1034. - 31. New York Times, June 11, 1935. - 32. Fortune, August, 1933. - 33. New York Irioune, April 1, 191 - Man York Tolland And - 36. Raymond G. Swing, in The Nation, - 37. Thomas W. Lamont, in Manchester - C. Hartley Grattan, Why We Fought, Vanguard, 1929, p. 120. - New York World-Telegram, December 14, 1934; Fight, February, 1935. - V. I. Lenin, Collected Works, vol. XXI, book II, International edition, 1932, p. 154, quoting Engels, The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State. - 43. Lenin, op. cit., p. 159. - 44. Lenin. ob. cit., pp. 217-218 - 45. Wall Street Journal, March 16, 1033 - 46. Idem. April 25. 1034. # Chapter IX (Pp. 144 to 154.) - Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences article on "Fortunes, Private." - Leven, Moulton and Warburton, America's Capacity to Consume, Brookings, 1934, pp. 55-56. - 4. Idem. DD. 227-228. - New York Times, August 7, 1935, and U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue, Statistics of Income, Preliminary, for 1933. - " Wall Street Ingraal April 4 Took - 11. Federated Press. June 10, 1035. - 12. Wall Street Journal, June 25, 1935. - 13. New York Times, July 12, 1935. - 14. Conference Board Bulletin, vol. VIII, no. 2, February 20, 1934. - E. Varga, The Great Crisis and Its Political Consequences, International, 1035. D. 175. - 16. Federated Press, June 27, 1935. - 17. New York Times, March 19, 1929 - 18. Herald-Tribune, New York, February 27, 1934. # Chapter X (Pp. 157 to 163.) - U. S. House of Representatives, 72: II, Report no. 2192, Report on Pipe Lines, 1022, D. Kriv. - . Idem. p. xxxvi - 3. Frank A. Fetter, The Masquerade of Monopoly, Harcourt, 1931, p. 51. - Idem, p. 52, quoting president of Notional Marketers' Association. - 5. New York Times, April 14 and 19, 1931. - Description from petroleum section of Second Report by National Recovery Review Board ("Darrow Committee"), 1034. - Ludwell Denny, We Fight for Oil, Knopf, 1928, p. 166. # Chapter XI (Pp. 164 to 173. - 1. Recueil Financier, 1934, II, pt 1199 - C. E. Fraser and G. F. Doriot, Analysing Our Industries, McGraw-Hill, 1932, pp. 218-221. - 3. New York Times, March 29, 1935. - 4. Year Book of the American Bureau of Metal Statistics, 1929, 1930, 1933. # Chapter XII (Pp. 174 to 187.) - U. S. Senate, 70: I, Document no. 46, Federal Trade Commission Report, Supply of Electrical Equipment and Competitive Conditions, 1928, p. 74. - 2. Wall Street Journal, March 19, 1935 - National Electrical Manufacturers Association, Annual Report for Year Ended August 31, 1034. - Hearings before "Darrow Committee," March 15, 1934, statement by counsel for National Electrical Manufacturers Association. - 8. Wall Street Journal, May 7, 1935. - g. Handbuch der deutschen Aktien-Gesellschaften, 1934, II, pp. 1953 and 1955. - 11. New York Times, May 11, 1930, and December 8, 1931. - 12. *Idem*, November 16, 1935. - Alfred Plummer, International Combines in Modern Industry, Pitman (London), 1934, p. 41. - 14. *Barron's*, November 7, 1932 - 15. Broadcasting, November 1, 1934. - Standard Statistics Co., Standard Corporation Records, Individual Reports Section, Card W 17, December 18, - 7. Wall Street Journal, July 18, 1935. - Standard Statistics Co., Standard Corporation Records, volume P-S, description of Radio-Keith-Orpheum Corp., September 16, 1934. - 19. Wall Street Journal, August 1, 1935 - 20. Idem, September 12, 1935, and October 10, 1935. - Quoted by Francis P. Garvan in Brief Submitted on Behalf of Chemistry in the United States, Chemical Foundation, January, 1935, p. 17. - 2. Wall Street Journal. October 28, 1025 - 4. Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, - Alfred Plummer, International Combines in Modern Industry; Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering, November, 1021. D. 622. - 8. Francis P. Garvan, op. cit., p. 31. - Col. E. G. Bruckner, Address on the Relations of duPont American Industries to the War, duPont American Industries General Sales Convention, Atlantic City, N. J., 1918. - Wall Street Journal, September 26, 1935. - 12. Idem, April 23, 1935. - 13. New York Times, April 25, 1935. # Chapter XIV (Pp. 199 to 207.) - U. S. Senate, 73: II and 74: I, Special Committee Investigating the Munitions Industry ("Nye Committee"), Hearings on Munitions Industry, 1934-35, p. 695. - Howard Mingos, The Birth of an Industry, W. B. Conkey Co., 1930, p. 31. - Standard Statistics Co., Inc., Standard Daily Trade Service, Industries Section, vol. 67, no. 30, section 2, March 10, 1023. - 6. Idem, D. 164. - 7. Wall Street Journal, February 8, 1934. - 8 Idem Tanuary 2, 1025 - o. Idem. September 4, 1024. - o. Ibid. - 11. Wall Street Journal, October 7, 1935. - 12. Standard Statistics Co., Inc., Standard - Daily Trade Service, Industries Section, vol. 75, no. 25, section 2, February 27, 1035. - 13. Fraser and Doriot, Analyzing Our In- - U. S. Senate, 73: II, Hearings, before a Special Committee on Investigation of Air Mail and Ocean Mail Contracts, - 15. Wall Street Journal, February 14, 1934. - Th Idem Amoust TT TO24 - Tr. Idem. October 7, 1025. - 18. Nem York Times, August 21, 1035 - o. Wall Street Journal, March 27, 1035. - 20. Howard Mingos. ob. cit., p. 30 - 21. Fortune, May, 1934, p. 163. - 22. New York Times. March 25, 1030. - 22. Idem. November 22, 1034. - 24. New York Herald Tribune, December 17, 1934. - 25. New York Times, August 25, 1935. - 1. Congressional Digest, November, 1934, p. 273, quoting Army Ordnance. - 2. New York Times. February 6, 1032. - New York Trust Co., Index, March, 1935. - 4. Fortune. March. 1034, D. 55. - 5. Benedict Crowell and Robert F. Wilson, The Giant Hand, Our Mobilisation and Control of Industry and Natural Resources, 2022-78, Valo. 2021. - 8. Wall Street Journal, September 4, 1935 - 9. New York Times, March 18, 1935. - 10. Financial News (London), August 2, 1935. - 12. Iron Age. Tanuary 2, 1025, pp. 125-126 - 13. Crowell and Wilson, op. cit., p. 107. - Federal Trade Commission, Report on Was-Time Profits and Costs of the Steel Industry, February 18, 1925, p. 20. - 15. U. S. Congressional Record, Appendix to February 15, 1915, vol. 52, part 6, - 16. Wall Street Journal, March 12, 1935. - 17. George Seldes, Iron, Blood and Profits, an Exposure of the World-Wide Munitions Racket. Harper, 1014. - 18. New Republic, May 9, 1934. - 10. New York Times. January 22, 1035. - 20. Wall Street Journal, March 0, 1935. - 21. New York Times, report of Nye hearings, February 13, 1935. - 22. Ibid. - New York Times, report of Nye hearings, February 17, 1935. - U. S. Senate, 73: II and 74: I, Special Committee Investigating the Munitions Industry ("Nye Committee"), Hearings on Munitions Industry, 1934-35; - 25. *Idem*, p. 438. - 26. Idem, p. 264. - 28. *Idem*, p. 167. - 29. Idem, pp. 121 and 303. - 30. Fortune, March, 1934, p. 50. - 31. "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 70 - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, p. 2021; "Nye Committee" hearings, p. - New Republic, May 0, 1024, D. 355 - 34. George Seldes, ob. cit., p. 97. - 35. Thomas' Register of American Manufactures, 1934. - 36. "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 186. - "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 523, Exhibit 200. - 30. Idem: D. 558. - 41. Idem. Exhibit 100. - 42. Idem, p. 527. - 43. Foreign Policy Reports, vol. X, no. - 44. "Nye Committee" hearings, pp. 618 ff. - 45. Idem, p. 674. - 46. Idem. DD. 1762, 1617, 1696, 1618. - 47. Zuem, pp. 1943, 1937, 1947. - 48. Fraser and Donot, op. cu., p. # Chapter XVI (Pp. 223 to 231.) - John W. Chapman, Railroad Mergers Simmons-Boardman, 1934, pp. 22 and 37. - 2. New York Times, June 9, 1935. - 3. Wall Street Journal, April 13, 1935. - 4. New York Times, December 15, 1935 - 5. New York Times, August 10, 1935 - 6. Harold G. Moulton and Associates. - The American Transportation Problem, Brookings, 1933, pp. 194-197. - U. S. Senate, 74: I, Committee on Interstate Commerce, Hearings on Investigation of Railroad Financing Charles A. Beard's testimony, March 1035. ## Chapter XVII (Pp. 232 to 239.) - Evans Clark, Editor, Internal Debts of the United States, Macmillan, 1933, p. 10. - 3. Idem, p. 40. - 4. Idem, p. 34. - 6. Evans Clark, op. cit., p. 42. - Wall Street Journal, September 9, 1933, referring to study by the state agricultural college. - 8. Labor Fact Book II, 1934, p. 150. - 9. *Idem*, p. 151. - 10. John A. Todd, The Marketing of Cotton, Pitman (London), 1934, p. 36. ## Chapter XVIII (Pp. 240 to 247.) - Fifteenth Census of the United States, 1930, Distribution, vol. 1, Retail, Part - 2. Idem, p. 28. # Chapter XIX (Pp. 248 to 256.) - 1. Wall Street Journal, June 19, 1935. 2. Frederick C. Mills, Economic Tenden - International Press Correspondence, quarterly numbers on world economic situation. - 4. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, p. 80. # Chapter XX (Pp. 259 to 284. - Great Britain, Overseas Trade Department, Economic Conditions in the Philippine Islands, 1932. - 2. New York Times. May 7, 1935. - Scott Nearing and Joseph Freeman, Dollar Diplomacy, Huebsch, 1925, p. 264. - Moon, op. cit., p. 432. - J. Reuben Clark, Jr., "The Oil Settlement with Mexico," Foreign Affairs, July, 1028. - 8. Willard Straight, Address on Foreign Trade and Foreign Loans, at National - Foreign Trade Convention, Washington, May, 1914. - Great Britain, Overseas Trade Department, Economic Conditions in Chile, 1932. - 14. Carleton Beals, The Crime of Cuba, Lippincott, 1933, p. 375. - Emily G. Balch, Occupied Haiti, Writers Publishing Co., New York, 1927, p. 24. - 16 Tannenhaum, 00. cit., D. 360. - 17. Federated Press, Washington service, November 13, 14 and 15, 1930. - 18 New York Times, December 29, 1933. - Sources given in Nearing and Freeman Dollar Diplomacy, p. 37; also, Charles Denby in The Annals, November, 1916. - Thomas W. Lamont, Preliminary Report on the New Consortium for China, privately printed, 1920. - 21. C. F. Remer, Foreign Investments in China, Macmillan, 1933, p. 338. - N. Y. World-Telegram, September 14, 1934; Wall Street Journal, April 2, 1935. - 23. Canada Year Book, 1933, p. 879. - Ray Stannard Baker, Woodrow Wilson, Life and Letters, vol. 5, 1935, pp. 179-181. - U. S. Senate, 72: I, Committee on Finance, Hearings on Sale of Porcign Bonds or Securities in the United States, 1922-22 - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, p. 250. - 27. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, p. 91. ### Chapter XXI (Pp. 285 to 299.) - J. Stalin, Leninism, International edition, 1933, vol. II, p. 314. - 2. *Idem*, p. 315. - President's Conference on Unemployment, Recent Economic Changes in the United States, 1929, p. 879. - . The Labor Bureau, Inc., Facts for Workers, February, 1928. - 5. Nem Republic, August 28, 1025. ### Chapter XXII (Pp. 300 to 306.) - Resolution on Fascism and Working Class Unity, adopted August 20, 1935; at 7th World Congress of the Communist International. - Lenin, Collected Works, vol. XVIII, p. 279. - 1. Idem. p. 280 ### A FEW SOURCES NOT SHOWN ELSEWHERE #### r. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS League of Nations, Financial Section and Economic Intelligence Service, World Economic Survey (annual). Monthly Bulletin of Statistics. New York State Supt. of Insurance, Annual Reports. U. S. Bureau of the Census, Fifteenth Census of the United States (1930) and other publications. U. S. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Statistical Abstract of the United States (annual). Statistical Record of the Progress of the United States 1800-1020 (1929). Survey of Current Business (monthly). U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Monthly Labor Review and other publications. U. S. Director of Munitions, America's Munitions, 1917-1918, Report of Benedical Crowell (1919). U. S. Federal Reserve Board, Annual Re- U. S. Federal Trade Commission, Reports. U. S. Industrial Commission, Reports (19 volumes), 1909-1902. U. S. Interstate Commerce Commission, Wage Statistics of Class I Steam Railways in the United States (monthly). U. S. Navy Dept., The United States Navy as an Industrial Asset (1922 and, revised, 1924); The United States Navy in Peace Time: The Navy in its Relation to the Industrial, Scientific, Economic, and Political Development of the Nation (1931). U. S. Reconstruction Finance Corp., Annual Reports and Quarterly Statements. U. S. Senate, 55: II, Doc. no. 178, pt. 18, U. S. Statutes. Code and Statutes at Large. # 2. FINANCIAL MANUALS, DIRECTORIES, ETC. Annuaire Destassés, Paris. The China Stock and Share Handbook, Insurance Year Book, Life Insurance, Spectator Co., New York (annual). Moody's Manuals of Banks, Governments Industrials, Public Utilities, and Railroads, New York (annual). The Prentice-Hall Federal Trade and Industry Service, New York, 1935 (for NRA). Saling's Börsen-Jahrbuch, Berlin (annual). Schweizerisches Finanz-Jahrbuch, Bern (annual). Smithers (F. S.) & Co., Standard Oil Com- Standard Statistics Corp., various periodical services on corporations and industries. The Stock Exchange Official Year-Book London (annual). Van Oss' Effecten Boek, The Hague (annual) ### 3. BOOKS Coman, Katharine, The Industrial History of the United States, Macmillan, 1913 edition. Feis, Herbert, Europe, The World's Banker (1870-1014). Yale. 1030. Grayson, Theodore J., Leaders and Periods of American Finance, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1932. Hovey, Carl, The Life Story of J. P. Mor- gan, Heinemann, London, 1912. Ise, John, The U. S. Oil Policy, Yale, 1926. Jarvie, J. R., The Old Lady Unveiled: a oriticism and an explanation of the Bank of England, Wishart & Co. London, 1933. Kennan, George, E. H. Harriman: a Biography, Houghton Mifflin, New York, 1922. Kent, Frank R., The Story of Alexander Brown & Sons, A. Brown & Sons, Baltimore, 1925. Lewis, Howard T., The Motion Picture Industry, Van Nostrand, New York, 1933. Lustt, H. A., Die nordamerikanischen Interessen in Südamerika vor dem Krieg, Fischer, Jena, 1916. Meissner, Walther, Das wirtschaftliche Vordringen der Nordamerikaner in Südamerika, Bibliothek der "Cultura Latino-Americana" nr. 2, Cöthen, (Anhalt) 1919. Myers, Gustavus, History of the Great American Fortunes, C. H. Kerr & Co., Chicago, 1011. Review of Economic Statistics, Vol. 1, Har vard University, 1919. Ripley, W. Z., Main Street and Wall Street Little, Brown & Co., Boston, 1927. Salewski, Wilhelm, Das Ausländische Kapital in der deutschen Wirtschaft, W. Girardet, Essen, 1930. Salmon, David L., Confessions of a Former Customers' Man, Vanguard, New York, 1932. Staley, Eugene, War and the Private Investor, Doubleday, Doran, 1935. Winkler, John K., The Du Pont Dynasty, Reynal & Hitchcock, 1935. Also sundry articles located through Public Affairs Information Service. # INDEX A E Bacon, Robert, 127, 139. Baker, George F., 72, 89, 118, 318. Baker, Newton D., 126. Baker-Rouland Co., 217. Baldwin Locomotive Works, 175, 211, 256, 314, 320. Baltimore & Ohio R.R., 25, 41, 79, 118, 224, 227, 310, 323. ## Index #### T Dairy products, 237, 243. "Darrow Committee," see National Recovery Review Board. Davis Coal & Coke Co., 54. Davis, John W., 126. Davison, George W., 99. Davison, Henry P., 316. Dawes, Charles G., 100, 128; interests, 158, 280 De Bardeleben Coal Corp., 321. Deere & Co., 314. Delaware & Hudson Co., 55, 80, 118, 224, 310, 331. Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R., 114, 224, 310, 323, 333, 334. Delaware River Steel Co., 211. Democracy, 142; see also "Bill of Rights." Democratic Party, 15, 125ff., 142. Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R., 311, 325, 332, 334. Department stores, list, 241ff. Depression, 32, 234ff., 247, 295-299. Deterding, Sir Henri, 78, 158, 163. Detroit Bankers Co., 326. Detroit Bankers Co., 326. Detroit Edison Co., 312, 327. #### E Electric Bond & Share Co., 25, 41, 119, 181, 312, 324. Electric Power & Light Co., 81, 312, 325. Electrical industry, 24, 37, 68, 174-180, 254, 255, 290. Elevator Supplies Co., 219. Emigrant Industrial Savings Bank, 94. Empire Trust Co., 194. Endicott Johnson Corp., 83. Engels, Frederick, 141. Equitable Life Assurance Society, 55, 94, 95, 96, 99, 132, 330. Equity Corp., 95. Erie R.R., 109, 117, 310, 324, 332, 334. Establishments, size of, 19f., 309. Etablissements Kuhlmann, 190, 191, 193. Europe, 182, 191f., 260, 279-282, 338; see also countries by name. Ewing, William, 317. Explosives, 188, 191f., 195. Export of capital, see Foreign investments. Exports, 201, 206, 283; see also Foreign #### F Farm families, 146. Farm products, 237f., 250. Farm mortgages, 235f., 294. Farm workers, 149, 233f. Farmers, 232-239, 303; see also Agriculture. Farms, 233f. Fascism, 299, 302. Federal Farm Loan bonds, 79. Federal Laboratories, Inc., 198, 219, 220. Federal Reserve banks, 99, 101, 139, 270. Federal Reserve system, 73, 76. Federal Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co., 213, 214. F.I.A.T., 325. Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co., 90, 118, 319. Fidelity Union Trust Co. (Newark, N. J.), 326. Field, Glore & Co., 246. Field, J. C. & J., Ltd., 332. Fifth Third Union Trust Co. (Cincinnati), 331. G Gary, Elbert H., 139. Gates, Thomas S., 118. 315. Great Britain, 31, 171, 180, 205; and Morgan, 30, 35f., 38, 138f., 281; other American interests in, 66, 79, 179; and U. S. relations, 262f., 277, 278, 302, 338. Great Lakes Pipe Line Co., 321. Great Lakes Towing Co., 214. Great Northern Ry., 224, 311, 323. Greene Cananea Copper Co., 164, 265. Grenfell, Edward C., M. P., 39, 317. Greyhound Corp., 229. Grimm, Peter, 94. Grummann Airplane Co., 201. Guaranty Trust Co., 88, 92, 99; interests of, 77, 95, 109, 118, 119, 204, 326f., foreign, 138, 259; Morgan interest in, 69, 89, 318; other interests in, 69, 78, 80, 85. Guatemala, 270, 340. Guggenheim family, 85, 165f., 169, 269, 336. Guiana, 31, 36, 66, 267, 338. Gulf Oil Corp., 52, 66, 67, 74, 75, 114, 131, 157-159, 266, 267, 315, 337. Hall, Perry E., 317. Halsey, Stuart & Co., 84, 92. Hamilton Standard Propeller Corp., 202. Hanna, M. A., 211. Harbison-Walker Refractories Co., 67. Harkness family, 50, 118. Harriman, E. H., 37, 72, 76, 80, 107. Harriman, W. A., 80, 118, 128, 165, 183, 204, 215, 225, 274, 283. Hartford, John A., 246. Hawaiian Islands, 30, 259ff. Hayden, Stone & Co., 81, 165ff., 168, 175, 189, 194, 197, 201, 203, 215, 247. Hearst, William R., 89ff., 135, 167, 186, 272, 283, 302. Hercules Powder Co., 194. Highland Coal Co., 322. Hill, George W., 85. Hill, James J., 72. Hillman group, 74, 211. Hires, Charles E., Co., 321. Hocking Valley R.R., 226. 1 I. G. Farbenindustrie, A. G., 66, 189, 190ff. Illinois Central R.R., 80, 311, 328. Imperial Airways, 205. Imperial Chemical Industries, 189, 190, 191, 192, 195, 205. Imperialism, foundations of, 29-31. Income, distribution of, 144-147; see also Poverty. India, 39, 66, 163, 181. Industrial capacity, see Surplus capacity. Industrial insurance, 95ff. Industrialists, 84ff., 114ff. Inflation, 293ff. Inland Steel Co., 209, 211, 314. Inspiration Consolidated Copper Co., 165. Insull interests, 84, 108, 116, 126, 181. Insurance, 44, 95; companies, 39, 55, 65, 94, 132. Insurance Co. of North America, 95. Interborough Rapid Transit Co., 55, 81, 109, 313, 325, 332, 335. Intercontinental Rubber Co., 81. International Agricultural Corp., 197, 321. International Harvester Co., 37, 90, 216, 314, 320. International Match Corp., 113, 313, 333. International Mercantile Marine Co., 37, 115, 121. 111, 167, 169, 170, 189, 327. International Paper & Power Co., 25, 181, 314, 327, 332, 336. International Telephone & Telegraph Co., 85, 183, 184, 312, 320. International Shoe Co., 314. International Zeppelin Corp., 205. Investment banking, 27ff., 34, 91ff., 99ff., 106ff.; firms, 34, 75-84, 92. Investment trusts, 97. Iraq, see Mosul. Irving Trust Co., 89, 323. Italian Superpower Corp., 181, 182, 324. Italy, 38, 134, 180, 182, 184, 187, 193, 205, 281, 302, 338. J James, Arthur Curtiss, 114f., 118, 166. Japan, 39, 76, 80, 163, 172, 179, 189, 193, 205, 212, 261, 273f., 302, 303, 339. Jay, Nelson Dean, 316. Jersey Central Power & Light Co., 334. John Hancock Mutual Life, 94, 95. Johns-Manville Corp., 322. Johnson, Hugh S., 82, 128. Johnson Iron Works, Dry Dock & Shipbuilding, 215. Johnston, Percy H., 98. Jones, A. N., 317. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp., 114, 209, 211, 214. K Kansas City Southern Ry., 310, 332. Kelley, Cornelius F., 85, 165. Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Corp., 83. Kelvinator Co., 176. Kennecott Copper Corp., 81, 85, 164ff., 168ff., 314, 320. Keystone Watch Case Corp., 322. Kidder, Peabody & Co., 77ff. Kimberly Clark Corp., 82. Klangfilm, 179, 185. Koppers Co., 67, 68, 69, 70, 74, 114, 131, 312, 313, 325. Kresge, S. S., 246, 315. Kress, S. H., 246. Kreuger, Ivar, 78, 113. Kroger Grocery & Baking, 246. Krupp, 212. Kuhn, Loeb & Co., 70, 75-77, 83, 84, 90, 97, 108, 175, 183, 186, 211, 227, 259, 274, 281; railroads, 118, 224ff. #### 1 Loew's, Inc., 186, 315, 332. London Guarantee & Accident Co., 327. Lone Star Gas Corp., 114, 312. Long-Bell Lumber Co., 83, 314. Lorillard, P., Co., 313. Louisville & Nashville R.R., 310, 325. Ludlow, 54, 61. Ludlum Steel Co., 210. Lukens Steel Co., 211. Lumber, 24, 85, 250, 289. Lykes Brothers, 126. #### M N Nash Motors, 78. National Aviation Corp., 204. National Bank of Detroit, 100. National Broadcasting Co., 86, 184. National Broadcasting Co., 86, 184. National City Bank, 92, 98; financial groups in, 36, 78, 89, 319, 332; interests of, 82, 88, 94, 114, 119, 166, 201-205, 220, 318, 324f., 334; foreign, 259, 267, 268, 281. National Dairy Products Corp., 243, 246, 313. National Electrical Manufacturers Assn., 177f. National Industrial Recovery Act (NIRA), 298, 301; copper, 171f.; oil, 161f. National Lead Co., 54, 82, 102, 283, 314. National Power & Light Co., 312, 325. National Railways of Mexico, 319, 332, 334. National Recovery Administration (NRA), 128f., 178, 186, 252, 254, 294f., 298; wages, 149f. National Recovery Review Board ("Darrow Committee"), 177. National Security League, 139. National Shawmut Bank, 77, 326. National Steel Corp., 114, 209, 211, 314. National Surety Co., 335. National Union Fire Insurance Co., 65. Naval bases, 260, 261. Near East Development Corp., 75, 337. Negroes, 14, 18, 122, 136, 233, 263f., 304. Netherlands, 31, 133. Nevada Consolidated Copper Co., 165. New England Gas & Electric Assn., 312. Newhall, Thomas, 316. Newmont Mining Corp., 168. Newport News Shipbuilding & Dry Dock Corp., 213, 214, 216. New York Central R.R., 25, 28, 41, 55, 74, 118, 224, 227, 310, 311, 323, 330, 334. New York, Chicago & St. Louis R.R., 117, 310. New York City: banks, 89-90, 100; finances, 137. New York Edison Co., 181. 216. New York State Chamber of Commerce, New York Times, 82. New York Trust Co., 89, 176, 319, 331, 334 Niagara Falls Power Co., 37, 66. Niagara Hudson Power Corp., 66, 74, 181, 312, 320. Nicaragua, 79, 262, 270, 340. Niles-Bement-Pond Co., 220. Nitrate Corp. of Chile, 325. Noranda Mines, 168. Norman, Montagu, 79. North American Co., 202, 203 North American Light & Power, 312. North American Reassurance Co., 335. North British & Mercantile Insurance Co., Northern Pacific Ry., 73, 107, 224, 311, 319, 323. Northern Rhodesia, 168ff. Northrop Aviation, 200 Northwest Bancorporation, 88. Norway, 66, 338. O Ohio Oil Co., 52, 158, 315, 330. Oil, 24, 47f., 66f., 157-163, 270; foreign interests, 192, 265f., 282; large companies, 315; monopoly, 249f.; retail, 243f., 247; Rockefeller companies, 328f. Ontario Refining Co., Ltd., 167. Opel, 282. Otis & Co., 203, 211. Otis Elevator Co., 78, 176, 208. Otis Steel Co. 277 P Pacific Coast banks, 90. Pacific Gas & Electric, 217, 312 Pacific Lighting Corp., 312. Pacific Zeppelin Transport, 204, 215, 221 Page telegram, 141. Pan American Airways, 81, 82, 203, 204, 206, 207. Pan-American Society, 268 Pan-American Union, 268. 7 m-1monda omon, -- Penema Conel ao a6 a6a - anama Canar, 30, 30, 202. Paraguay, 268, 228: Bolivia War, 270. Paramount-Publix Corp., 184, 186, 315. #### R S Т Tariff, 15, 66, 171, 178, 254, 261, 283, 291. Tax refunds, 130. Taxes, 44, 63, 69, 71, 130ff., 137, 144, 297, 301. Taylor, M. C., 118. Teachers Insurance & Annuity Assn., 322. Teagle, Walter C., 128, 192. Telephone and telegraph as 27, 46, 54 relephone and telegraph, 25, 37, 46, 54, #### U Union Carbide & Carbon Corp., 68, 190, 194, 195, 313. Union Dime Savings Bank, 94, 331. Union Oil Associates, 315. Union Oil Co. of California, 315, 337. Union Pacific R.R., 25, 41, 69, 72, 74, 76, 80, 118, 224, 311. Union Steel Co., 67. Union Tank Car Co., 330. Union Trust Co. of Pittsburgh, 64, 69, 74, 98, 115. United Aircraft, 200-205, 221. #### V Van Camp Packing Co., Inc., 83. Vanderbilt interests, 28, 85, 118. Van Sweringen brothers, 40, 43, 109, 116, 224, 227; see also Alleghany Corp. Varga, Eugen, 151, 253. Venezuela, 36, 52, 66, 267, 338. Vereinigte Stahlwerke, 212. Versailles Treaty, 138. Vertical trusts, 49, 110, 164, 166, 251. Vickers, Ltd., 134, 179, 205, 212, 215, 216. Virgin Islands, 262, 339. Virginian Ry., 55, 225, 226, 311. Voting trusts, 116, 165, 246. #### W Wabash Ry., 311, 332. Wage-carners, see Workers. Wages, 17, 147-150, 252, 297, 298; Ford, 152; General Electric, 152f. War, 303; aviation, 199-206; chemicals, 188-195; industries, 208-222; World War, 30, 31, 213; World War and Morgan, 38, 138f., World War and Rockefeller, 52; see also Profits. War debts, 279f., 290f.; Civil War, 26. War Department, 208, 218, 221. War preparations, 188, 198, 199-207, 209, 212f., 220f., 298. Warburg family, 75f., 118. Ward Baking Corp., 81. Warner Brothers Pictures, 82, 186, 315. Watkins, Harry A., 316. Wealth, distribution of, 144f.; Mellon, 69; Morgan, 42f.; Rockefeller, 58f. Weber & Heilbronner, 82. Weirton Steel, 211. de Wendel, 179. #### Y 